INCLUDING THE PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY OF MONTREAL, AND REPLACING TH CANADIAN NATURALIST, VOL. VII. (1896-1897.) oT NA 5+ MONTREAL: PUBLISHED BY THE NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY. 1897. | i : ° 7 er aoa eg ob Oe Rem *. > (lhe pois *y . Geta Digitized by the interme Archive in 2011 with funding from California Academy of 7 Li iy a, ug ave ‘ ll Pe ee _— = ——S — eS se et CONTENTS OF VOLUME. VII. Notr.—The pages marked with an asterisk * (267-325) are to be found in the Number for April, 1897, coming immediately after Page 328. PAGE Description of a supposed new genus of Polyzoa from the Trenton Limestone at Ottawa. By Lawrence M. AGB te el ad Uk omen a a ahs i to at ek 1 Notes upon the Flora of Newfoundland. By B. L. Ropinson and. Hy VON; SCHRENK 154!) 2 6 So eae 6 3 Peculiar Behaviour of Charcoal in the Blast Furnace at Radnor Forges, Que. By J. T. Donatp, M.A...... 32 Charcoal Impregnated with Slag. By D. P. Penuatuow, PARIS MAAR RE Ae GIRL. eae a Wun i a Th Ee 34 Contributions to Canadian Botany. By James M. UBS GOUNG 2:2, a. band c, if not quite equal in absorption, are nearly so, hence sections cut at right angles to the acute bisetrix show but little pleochroism and are nearly isotropic. c¢ lies nearest the vertical axis, but whether toward the acute angle 8 or on the opposite side cannot be determined as the mineral does not possess a good crystalline form ; it makes with the vertical axis a large angle the extinction amounting to 30°. The plane of the optic axes is the clinopinacoid, and there is a strong dispersion—red greater than violet. What drew especial attention to this hornblende in the first instance was the fact that it appeared to be nearly uniaxial. When a section, cut at right angles to the acute bisectrix, is examined between crossed nicols in convergent light, a black cross is seen somewhat thickened toward the inter- section of the arms. This cross, on revolving the stage, divides into two hyperbolas, but these separate from one another but very little, and appear to separate less than On a New Alkali Hornblende. 79 they really do, on account of the fact that the low double refraction and deep color of these sections causes the hyperbolas to be ill-defined, while the whole field is very dark. The dispersion, however, makes itself evident in the varying colors on the sides of the hyperbolas. When, however, a gypsum plate giving a red of the first order is inserted above the objective the hyperbolas become a little better defined, although still not sufficiently definite to allow the axial angle to be accurately measured. The axial angle is found to be over 30°, possibly as much as 45°, which, however,.is still very small for hornblende, being about one-half the usual value. Our thanks are due to Professor Rosenbusch for his assistance in working out these optical relations. On examining a large series of thin sections of nephe- line syenites representing most of the important occur- rences hitherto discovered, only two rocks were found which contain a hornblende at all similar to that above described. The first of these is the nepheline syenite from the Corporation Quarry at Montreal, in which hornblende with the same small axial angle, low double refraction, intense color and pleochroism, large extinction angle and high specific gravity, occurs intergrown with the augite. The second is the hornblende described by Hackman under the name of arfvedsonite and which occurs intergrown with aegerine in the nepheline-syenite from Umptek in the Kola peninsula’. This mineral, however, differs from typical arfvedsonite in having an extinction of about 40° as well as in several other important respects. It possesses, moreover, a very small axial angle, although this fact is not noted by Hackman, while in true arfvedsonite the axial angle is very large. This Kola hornblende is much lighter in color than the hornblende from either of the above mentioned Canadian localities. 1 “ Petrographische Beschreibung des Nephelinsyenites vom Umptek,” von Victor Hackman. Kuopio, 1894, p. 14. 80 Canadian Record of Science. In order to determine the chemical composition of this somewhat remarkable variety of hornblende from the Dungannon rock, it was decided to separate a portion for analysis. A considerable quantity of the rock was accordingly reduced to powder and passed through a sieve of 43 meshes to the inch—the rock being rather coarse in grain—and after having been freed from dust was treated with Thoulet’s solution, having a specific gravity of 3:13, in a large separating funnel. In this way an almost complete separation of the colored constituents was effected. These latter, which sank in Thoulet’s solution, were subjected to the action of a bar magnet and then treated with ‘dilute hydrochloric acid, and various impurities thus removed. The purified powder was then treated first with Klein’s solution, having a specific gravity of 3°22, and then with methylene iodide, having a specific gravity of 3325. In both fluids practically everything sank, only a few composite grains floating. A microscopic examination showed the powder now to consist of grains of hornblende and of garnet with some composite grains consisting partly of nepheline. Further separation became difficult since, as was subsequently ascertained, the hornblende had a specific gravity of 3433, and the specific gravity of the garnet was 3°739, while many composite grains consisting of garnet and nepheline had a specific gravity practically identical with that of the hornblende. As the electro-magnet was found to be useless, both minerals being readily attracted by it, Retger’s silver nitrate method was employed.’ The silver nitrate was fused in a properly arranged test tube, and after the introduction of the powder, potassium nitrate in powder was gradually added to the fused mass until the garnet fell, the whole being frequently stirred and main- tained at a temperature of from 200° to 240° C. On 1 “ Ueber Schwere Flussigkeitken zur Trennung von Mineralien.” Neues Jahrbuch fur Mineralogie, etc., 1889, ii, p. 190- On a New Alkali Hornblende. 81 allowing the mass to solidify, a portion of the powder was found to have collected at the top of the mass, while the rest was at the bottom, the intervening part being quite free from mineral grains. The solid mass was then cut in two and the salts dissolved by treatment with water. After three successive separations the hornblende was obtained quite free from grains of garnet—the only impurities present being some composite grains consisting of garnet and nepheline. This powder was then placed under a lens and all the composite grains picked out by means of a fine needle. In this way a quantity of pure hornblende sufficient for purposes of analysis was obtained, while the garnet was obtained directly in a state of purity without the necessity of a final separation by hand. Both minerals were found to be quite fresh and bright and quite unacted upon by the fused salts. The hornblende’ was then analyzed by Dr. Harrington with the following results :— a MME OR 8,2. es A tae Zonet tome pol howe 34:°184 PP eMUIEMCLLOMIGE \. se. oss = area wl ne fw wes L527 2 LTS) TC SSI sg Res Me AP ae eh TE SEn LA OSSCLONGE-6 a oe eee aa 12-621 Pr meswomae +See a oe Ce ee A DIC ORD eMC AMOUS OXIDE 1.20.) riaps iG, A eine a8 °629 [LETS oat ae er i oh 9-867 emesian se 22). ook: wae eee 1°353 AMIS ME Sikes suc 2%. ates Mun Sashes ae LPR 2 +286 TC 2 es a a ir. eae ee are Me 3° 290 Dieter i st hhh et tal 8 Be 348 99-601 BpecinG TOVANILy.. tv sd ee cs eee 3°433 1 We would suggest Hastingsite as a varietal name for this hornblende, connecting it with the region where it occurs. 2 Loss after igniting for about fifteen minutes. On further ignition the powder gained in weight owing to oxidation of the ferrous oxide. 6 82 Canadian Record of Scvence. The atomic and quantivalent ratios deducible from the above analysis are as follows :— Atomic. Quantivalent. Sis hee pope 570 x 4=2280 | 5356 9356 Dust aie edie 19x4= 76 f PR egestas 226x3= 678 | 4159 Fel! 158x3= 474 | Ber? pisses 305x2= 610 | 9354 Mins fetta Doo Ps OE ec rest 176x2= 352 | j909 Rie A eee 34x2= 68 Bocce seae plereierel 2 48 48 ING haute oie 106 106 The ratio of (R,0+RO):R,O, : Si0, is 601: 192: 589, or approximately 3:1: 3, and obviously the mineral is a true orthosilicate agreeing fairly with the formula ) ape Oe Iil (R,R), R_Si;0,,, or, more fully, (Fe, Mn, Ca, Mg, K,, Na,), (Fe, Al), (Si, T)); O,.—a constitution analogous to that of garnet. So far as we are aware no other hornblende containing so small a proportion of silica has been analyzed; but the small percentage of silica is explained by the large pro- portions of ferrous and ferric oxides. This is made plain by the following formule and the corresponding percent- ages of silica deduced from them : Formula. P.G. 0f BIOG: 3Fe0, Fe,0, 3810, — 32:19 3CaO, Fe,0,, 3Si0, 35:43 3Fe(0, Al,O, 3Si0, 36°14 3Na,0, Al,0,, 3Si0, 38:38 3CaO, Al,O, 3Si0, 40-00 The Dungannon hornblende is interesting in connection with the views of Scharizer, who suggested in 1884* that many of the aluminous hornblendes might be regarded as molecular compounds of the metasilicate actinolite, 1 N. Jahrb. f. Min., 1884, ii, p. 148. On a New Alkali Hornblende. : 83 Ca (Mg, Fe); Si,0,, and the orthosilicate (RyR)sR.Si,0 wo, for which he employed the name syntagmatite, originally given by Breithaupt to a black hornblende from Vesuvius. The hornblende from the Island of Jan Meyen, analyzed by Scharizer,' and that from Bohemia, analyzed by Schmidt,’ agree closely with the so-called “syntagmatite molecule.” The Stenzelberg mineral, analyzed by Ram- melsberg,’ also approximatee to it; but these three and the Dungannon hornblende are the only ones yet examined, so far as we are aware, that give at all closely the syntag- matite ratios. The following table gives the analyses of these four minerals and the molecular ratios deducible from them : Dungan- Jan Mayen. Molec. R.|/Bohemia. Mol. R.| berg, Mol. R.| non. Mol. R. SiO, 39°167 653 653/39°66 661 39°62 660 34184 570 TiO, ue Bsa) ut Oe oe 9 { 662 1-527 19 ¢ 589 Al,O» 14370 140) o,{14°83 145 14°92 146) o,,{11°517 113 FeO: 12493 78) 2510-37 77} 2210-98 G4 | 2919 601 79 | 192 FeO 5°56 81) [1:97 27) 7°67 106) [21-979 305) MnO 1°505 21 ‘3k aie 024 3 0-629 9} MgO 10°521 263| 14:25 356 11°32 283 1353 34 | CaO 11-183. 200 | 64812-74227 663}12-65 296 | 685| 9-867 176 + 620 K,0 2013 21 1:25 13 218 93 2-286 24 Na,O 2-478 40 2-47 40 | 112 18 3-200 53 Mey 306 92) | 0:48 26) | 0-348 19) 99-912 100-43 100-67 99-601 In all four analyses the ratios for (R,0 + RO): R,O, : SiO, (including TiO, when present) are practically 3:1 : 3, or, to give the exact figures (excluding water) : (R,0+R0)-: RO, : Sid, Jan Mayen...... POR Niko heh Oe Bohemia irae. 27 2°99 Lit SO! Stenzelberg...... BEA PRN oF do Dungannon ..... 3°12 ] 3°07 1 loc. cit. 2 Min. Mitth., iv, 23, 1881. 3 Pogg. Ann., 1858, ciii. 454. y 84 Canadian Record of Science. The ratio (R,0+CaO) : (Mg, Mn, Fe)O is, as observed by Scharizer in the case of the Jan Meyen and Bohemian hornblendes, approximately 3 : 4, thus: Including Water. Excluding Water. (R,0+CaO) : (Mg, Mn, Fe)O. (R,0+Ca0O) : Mg, Mn, Fe)O. Jan Meyen..... Ne 3°87 a. : ae Bollenia: s...:'s%: 5 oa 4:10 Ss » ae Stenzelberg .... 3 : 4:02 3 4°38 Dungannon..... 3: 3°84 3 4:1] Scharizer adopts the following ratios (8: 1:3 and 3: 4) as those of syntagmatite in calculating the composition of hornblendes intermediate between (RoR), R,Sn0n and actinolite. He assumes in the first place that all the alumina and ferric oxide belong tothesyntagmatite molecule(2). The sum of the Al,O, and Fe,O; molecules (from the molecular ratio) multipled by three, gives (SiO,)* on the one hand and (R,0+ RO): on the other. The sum of (R,O+RO)= divided in the proportion of 3 : 4 gives (R,O0+CaQO)= and Mg0+FeO)2. Subtracting (MgO+ FeO) from the sum of the corresponding molecules deduced from the analyses gives (Mg0+ FeO),—that is the number of molecules of magnesia and ferrous oxide belonging to the actinolite molecule (A)—and MgO+FeO), divided by three (see ~actinolite formula) gives the lime molecules of the actino- lite (CaO),. This value subtracted from the total number of lime molecules gives (CaO), and (CaO)2 subtracted from (R,O+CaO)= gives the alkali molecules (in some cases including H,O). Finally (MgO +CaQ), gives (S10,),. These statements will be made clearer by the following example, one of those selected by Scharizer. - Pat's On a New Alkali Hornblende. HoRNBLENDE FROM EDENVILLE, ANALYZED BY RAMMELSBERG. Molec. R. Original deduced | Syntag- | Actino- analysis. from matite. | lite. analysis. | 51°67 861 222 609 51°97 PE SS o's ic 5°75 56 56) 74 ek 5°99 BRCROe Tt). ces. n't 2°86 18 18 § mat 3°00 Se 23°37 584 127) 457 24°35 eae 12°42 222 70 | 152 12°96 ten, Os ha poked 0°75 12 a2) Ra 0°78 oS 0°84 9 eb at ts 0°88 Ue 0°46 25 4 ) 0°07 98°12 | 100°00 Here (SiO,)s = 3(56+ 18) = 222 aye) (R,O + RO)s = 3(56 +18) ed ed (R,0+RO)__ 2223 COL Cae 8 ee ee 2 292 x | pee aeRO, Ms iy (MgO), =584—(Mg0)s =584—127=457 ue atee nny (CaO)s = 222 —(CaO), = 222 — oa Ba fo (0 Original Calculated | analysis composition.| cale to 100. = 95 (Na,O + K,0+H,0): = (R,O + CaO)s— (CaO) = 95— 70=25. But (Na,0+K,0)2=1249=21 +. (HO) = 4 Finally (SiO,),=(Mg0O + CaO), =457 +152 =609 Having thus deduced the molecular ratios of the syn- tagmatite and actinolite, the numbers for each constituent are multiplied by the corresponding molecular weights, in order to obtain the theoretical relative weights of the constituents of the mixed hornblende. 86 Canadian Record of Science. Syntagmatite. Actinolite. 222x60 =13320 609 x 60 = 36540 56x 1026= 5745 rei cae 18x160 = 2880 as . ae 127x° 40. = _50e0 457 x 40 = 18280 10% 56! =3920 152x56= 8512 12x: 62:25 744 a oe 9x 94 = 846 OK Ale nee 32607 63332 Then, (382607 + 63332) : (138520436540) :: 100: « and «= 51:97 =p.c. of SiO, in the mixed hornblende. And in like manner the percentages of the other constituents are calculated. But 32607 : 63332 practically as 1:2, and therefore the formula of the Edenville hornblende might be regarded as LESTLE RgR SigOj9 == 2(Mg;CaSi,0 2) or as Scharizer gives it 10(RjR,Si,0,,)-+ 20(Me,CaSi,O,») The analyses selected by Scharizer agree remarkably well with this theory, but there are aluminous horn- blendes whose constitution cannot be readily explained in this way and which at the same time cannot be referred to the pargasite orthosilicate.’ Garnet—In the hand specimens the garnet is seen to possess a deep reddish-brown color. In the thin sections 1t is a paler brown although still deeply colored. It is not found in all parts of the mass and where it does occur is usually present only in small amount. It- possesses the usual high index of refraction and is quite isotropic, occurring usually in irregular shaped grains but in some few cases showing distinct crystalline form. It frequently holds a few large inclusions which usually consist of calcite in single individuals, although the garnet 1 See Scharizer’s paper, loc. cit, p. 156. , alee Ae Phy , » On a New Alkali Hornblende. 87 is perfectly fresh and the calcite shows no distinct evidence of a secondary origin. It moreover sometimes holds inclusions of the hornblende above described, of pyrite, iron ore and even of nepheline. A _ garnet resembling this occurs in small amount associated with a similar hornblende, as above mentioned, in the nepheline- syenite of the Corporation Quarry at Montreal, and it also contains as inclusions most of the other constituents of the rock. The same is also true of the melanite in the nepheline-syenite of Aln6.* Before analysis the garnet was purified by several separations with fused silver nitrate, and on careful examination with the microscope the grains appeared to be entirely free from foreign matter. With the pycnometer their specific gravity at 16° C. was found to be 3°739. Chemical analysis gave the following results: RAC em ad Wiebe Cad ase aaa nee hee sash ae 36°604 (Pitanduiy, GlIOSTdS Le. 2 APES eo Seed oh 1078 Pave ay Pod ardicd ahs Rin Ur teas & WS O71 PCR RIG Om ce haa bese, cas ee A hk 15:996 Pe CUMGRIGCOMIGGL, 0-2 ey eres cutee eae Lan 3°852 Manganous oxide.......... Baia Sa 1:301 Oe aM hal ee hn bee ce ees Boe 29°306 RCS IA ac aes een ee loan ache Mere a 1384 Mes stOM MOTO. bush Coc te ae oY "285 99°577 The atomic and quantivalent ratios deduced from the above analysis are as follows: Atomic. Quantivalent. Si te et Rg aR 610 x 4= 2440 \ 9492 9499 Miners tune acta 13 %4s= 2 0'O2 Pa ary sie 192x3= 576 \ 1176 Ss Pent Fe Ne 200x3= 600 ee ayere is 2, 53x2= 106 2466 i) 52 Cig RO a aera 18x2— 36 | (SS Nee 523 x 2=1046 1290 Mee het oe 8, 35 x2= 70 | Heteaneees tr 32 32 1 “ Ueber das Nephelinsyenitgebiet auf der Insel Alno,” von A. G. Hégbom. Geol. Foren. i. Stockholm Férh:, 1895, p. 144. » ', hate 88 Canadian Record of Science. The ratio for RO : R,O,: (SiTi)O, is 629 : 196: 623, or, calculating the titanium as Ti,O;, 629 :203:610=3:1:3. The analysis therefore accords well with the ordinary garnet formula 3RO, R.O,, 35810, or B,B,Si,0 yp, and the mineral may be regarded as a titaniferous andradite, with a considerable proportion of the ferric oxide replaced by alumina. In composition it resembles somewhat the brown garnet from the Island of Stoké, analyzed by Lindstrom.’ By way of comparison the analysis of the Stok6é garnet and also one of a garnet from the nepheline-syenite of the Island of Alno? are included in the following table. Stoké6. Molec. R | Alné6. Molec. R. |Dungannon.Molec.R. Si0,...36°63 610 610 | 31°15 eye 603 36°604 610) 623 Tete s, at |S Oren 1-078 | 13 ALO. 9°07'" OB) nay :|. Sie Bh ie aa eee 96) 196 Fe,0,..1345 84.4 23°83 180} 15-996 100 FeO. ... 2°28 32) tees vee) 3°852 | 53) Ga... 35-90 641 | 33-44 507} 616 | 29-306. [523 rere ; i : MgO... 23: 7f 698 ag | 1384 35 f aie Pie n> |S ak pea : hin tr ign... ciel gs 285 | 16) 99-30 99°55 99°577 A LECTURE UPON ACETYLENE.’ By Pror. J. M. Crarts. A year and a-half ago, if a chemist had been told that a new illuminating gas could be obtained from the evil-smelling product with which he was only too well acquainted in the laboratory, namely, the acetylene which 1 Zeit. fiir Kryst. u. Min., xvi, 160, 1890. 2 Sahlbom, in the paper by Hogbom already cited. 3 Delivered before the Society of Arts at Boston, January 23, 1896. Acetylene. 89 forms whenever a Bunsen burner strikes down, he would have said that the idea was absurd. If a physicist had been told that the electric furnace was to be used to produce illuminating gas on a commercial scale he would have said it was quite impossible. But distin- guished electricians were explaining that the telephone was impossible, while Graham Bell was inventing that instrument. So that scientific men will be well advised not to utter general opinions about the possibilities of the success of any new enterprise, and I shall endeavour to confine myself to the statement of certain facts and to the description of laboratory experiments, which consti- tute some new data which can be used to form an opinion regarding at least one side of this subject. The chemistry of the manufacture of acetylene is very simple. Quicklme is reduced by carbon in an electric furnace to carbide of calcium, and enough carbon is taken not only to combine with the calcium to form carbide of calcium, but also to burn with the oxygen of the quick-— lime and to remove it as carbonic oxide. The process is represented by the equation: CaO + 3C = CaC, + CO. The carbide is obtained as a melted mass with crystalline structure, which when brought in contact with water is transformed to slacked lime, and to acetylene which is given off asa gas. The formula for this transformation is: CaC, + 2H,O = Ca(OH), + C,H, All the alkaline earths and alumina have been subjected to the same treat- ment, and it has been found that the carbides of barium, strontium and caleium have similar formule, and give off acetylene when treated with water. The carbide of aluminum has the formula: Al,C3, and evolves marsh gas when treated with water. It may be added that a mix- ture of silica and carbon yields the carbide of silicon, SiC. The compound is formed when the two boches meet as vapours in the intense heat of the electric furnace and | combine as a sublimate of beautiful crystals, now sold | a “{ / under the name of Carborudum. The powdered crystals have sharp cutting edges, hard enough to scratch rubies, and consequently make an excellent polishing and grind- ing material. It is to be noticed that this formation of carbides affects the elements which make up by far the larger part of the earth’s crust, so that from a geological as well as a chemical point of view these newly discovered trans- formations are of the utmost importance. The reduction of these oxides to carbides is only possi- ble at the high temperature of the electric furnace, and it is very interesting to note that at three very different stages of temperature we have such different conditions presiding over the union of the elements that each tem- perature corresponds to a new chemistry. The temperature of the electric furnace, which has been estimated to be from 3,500° to 4,000° Cent., may be considered as intermediate between the sun’s temperature, estimated by different physicists at 5,000° to 8,000°, and the temperatures of our smelting furnaces, which range from 1,200° to 1,500°. Now, in the sun’s atmosphere, spectroscopic observations tell us that the elements exist uncombined, and we can even observe great masses of free oxygen in the presence of heated hydrogen and of metals so transformed in the properties which we are accustomed to recognize that they do not combine, but rise as vapours from the hottest part of the sun, condense and fall back in metallic clouds, which we know as sun spots. Here, then, is a temperature which is too hot for chemistry, if we define chemistry as the science of the combination of bodies. The next temperature on a descending scale that we have access to is that of the electric furnace; here a par- tial combination only is possible; much of the oxygen remains free; carbon only burns to the monoxide of 90°". Canadian Record of Science. Acetylene. OL carbon, and the carbides and not the oxides of the alka- line earths are the stable forms of combination. Then, at a lower temperature, the bright red heat of our smelting furnaces, the same carbides formed in the electric furnace, when exposed to free oxygen or to air, burn to oxides and to carbonic acid, and at a still lower: temperature these two unite to form carbonates repre- sented by the chalk and magnesian limestone which make: so large a part of the earth’s crust. Nature has so ad- justed her processes that a small residue of oxygen remains, which, mixed with nitrogen, constitutes the vital. air of our atmosphere. The carbides of aluminum and silicon burn in a similar way with oxygen, and the stable condition at any temperature lower than a bright-red heat. is that of silicates and carbonates which make the chief strata of the earth. The oxidation of carbides, which became possible when our globe cooled down to a red heat and solidified, has. perhaps been a superficial one, and the denser material below the crust may consist of carbides of the alkaline: earths and carbides of the heavy metals like iron, and finally the metals themselves. It is only within the past two years that experiments. with the electric furnace have enabled us to study these new transformations at a high temperature, and have: given us the means of estimating what must have been the primitive condition of the earth during long geological periods. Berthelot, Moissan and others have pointed out that. the evolution of marsh gas from volcanoes may be an indication of the existence of Plutonic remnants of car- bides, dating from a period of higher temperature, and. which we now know may give off gas when brought in contact with moisture. The most important and original experiments made: with the electric furnace have been published in the. 92 Canadian Record of Science. Comptes Rendus of the French Academy of Sciences by a young chemist, Henri Moissan, who had already distin- guished himself by the discovery of fluorine. One‘of the first results which this new instrument gave in his hands was the artificial production of diamonds made by dis- -.solving carbon in iron, and he then undertook a complete study of the formation of the carbides of the metals. Moissan’s paper which interests us most directly was pub- lished on the 5th of March, 1894. It contains a full account of the formation of pure crystallized carbide of calcium and of its reactions with oxygen, sulphur, chlorine, etc., and a complete account of the formation of acetylene by the action of water upon the carbide, and nothing of scientific interest has since been added to the chemistry of acetylene, except some few experinents in European laboratories, notably upon its silver compounds. French physicists have, however, made some very 1m- portant measures of the thermic conditions which preside over the formation and decomposition of acetylene. They are a continuation of the admirable study of this singular gas, which was begun by Berthelot in 1859, and we shall find them of great value for explaining the properties which make acetylene useful or dangerous as an illumi- nant. The lecture will be confined strictly to the state- ment of facts which bear upon the proposed new gas industry, and no place ean be given to the long-known laboratory process for making acetylene, and to many experiments which display its general properties. The idea of using this laboratory product upon a com- mercial scale originated in the United States, and the merit of it is due to Mr. T. L. Willson and Messrs. Dick- erson and Suckert, who have secured patents; but it is important to imsist upon the fact that they are not the discoverers of the crystalline carbide of calcium, nor of its transformation to acetylene and to hydrate of calcium. Moissan’s publication of March 5, 1894, antedates their Acetylene. 93 patents by many months, and describes completely the whole chemistry of the manufacture of acetylene. No mention is made of Moissan’s work in the reports. published by the acetylene company in a lecture by Will- son and Suckert before the Franklin Institute, and in a lecture before the London Society of Arts by Prof. Lewes.. In these reports Mr. Willson is represented as having discovered the mode of formation of calcium carbide in the electric furnace by the reducing action of carbon upon refractory oxides. It is stated that the experiments. were begun by Mr. Willson in 1888. In such matters dates of discovery can only be estab- lished by publications, which in this case are found to be in the Patent Office reports. Mr. Willson took out four patents in 1889-92 for electric smelting processes, and in several of them the use of carbon with refractory oxides is specified. The design seems to have been to make aluminum and its alloys and perhaps other metals. No: mention is made in the reports of carbide of calcium nor of acetylene. Dickerson and Suckert, December 31, 1894 nine months after Moissan’s publication, patented a pro- cess for evolving and condensing acetyline made from the earbide of calcium. And June 18, 1895, is the date of the first patent by T. L. Willson in which the report. specifies the production of carbide of calcium. Many statements have been published concerning com- mercial aspects of the new enterprise, but it will suffice to say here that it has not yet reached a stage at which the vital question of the cost to the consumer of the car-. bide of calcium can be fixed by the quotation of a market price. Small quantities can be purchased for experimental. purposes in New York at a price of $5 per 100 lbs. But. the manufacture in the United States does not exceed. one ton per diem and is carried on at Spray, in North. Carolina, a somewhat inaccessible place, and no complete- account of the process has yet: appeared in the best-known. ‘94 Canadian Record of Science. ‘scientific periodicals. The commercial carbide, unlike that made by Moissan, probably contains compounds of ‘calcium with the ash of coke, but no complete analysis has been published. Some of the statements made about the number of cubic feet of acetylene are obviously inaccurate, because the figures 5.89 to 6.35 cu. ft. acetyl- ene per 1 lb. carbide are as high or higher than could be obtained if the carbide contained no ash and were abso- lutely pure. The accurate measure of the gas given off by the car- bide is not easy and requires the construction of a special apparatus. The writer has examined a number of samples of commercial carbide, and found that 70 to 92 per cent. of the theoretical quantity of acetylene could be obtained from them. It appears that the product which can be made to the best advantage is one which contains 84.6 per cent. of pure carbide, and which gives 5 cu. ft. of gas per pound; or, for a ton of carbide, 10,000 cu. ft. acetylene, two-thirds saturated with moisture, and measured at 60° Fahr. and 30 inches barometer. Summer and winter variations of temperature, together with barometric vari- ations, would cause a difference of more than 15 per cent. in the uncorrected measure of the gas, and gas measured in a mountainous region, without correction for the low barometer, would differ far more from the standard © amount. If the acetylene industry shall succeed, the cost of the carbide will have to be adjusted to the price that the con- sumer may be willing to pay for gas, and it is preferable to treat the subject from this side and to show, as far as laboratory experiments with materials at hand will per- mit, what will be the probable value to the consumer of acetylene gas. A very simple experiment illustrates in a beautiful way the ease with which acetylene can be made from the car- bide. Direct a small stream of water on a half-pound Acetylene. 95 lump of carbide, ignite the gas and show that the more water is poured on, the more flame is obtained. Various forms of generators can be used for the gas. The simplest one is a bell glass floating on water and containing a few lumps of carbide in a sieve. As soon as the bell glass descends so that the sieve touches the water, a shower of fine sediment of slaked lime can be seen to separate from the carbide and fall to the bottom of the jar, while the gas generated soon causes the bell to rise and removes the carbide from contact with the water. Thus the appa- ratus can be made to work automatically, generating gas only as fast as it is used; but it is not fitted for permanent use, because the moisture from the water generates gas, even when the contact has ceased, and the bell gradually rises, so that after twenty-four hours gas would escape if it were not used during the interval. It is in every way preferable to separate the generator and the gas holder, and such arrangements can easily be made automatic. The acetylene company has patented a tank for generat- ing the gas under sufficient pressure to liquefy itself, and proposes to distribute liquid acetylene in cylinders under a pressure of 600 to 700 pounds to the inch; of this pro- ject more is to be said later. | It is certain that a company purchasing the carbide of calcium and using an existing gas plant could generate acetylene and distribute it through mains at a very small expense, and with lhttle skilled labour, so that when a price for the carbide had been established by contract the cost of the gas could be easily estimated; let us see what price such a company could expect to obtain from a con- sumer. VALUE OF ACETYLENE AS AN ILLUMINANT. Suppose we take the case of a competition with the gas companies of a large town. At first sight it would 96 Canadian Record of Science. seem fair to say we pay for the hght gas gives, and if a new gas gives ten times more light we are willing to pay ten times more, particularly if it possesses any other advantages; our gas bill will remain the same. Here we come upon ground where the facts can be tested by experiments. I have made a large number of measures of illuminating power and find that with a new burner particularly suited to it 5 cu. ft. of acetylene per hour will give 200 candle power; 5 cu. ft. of Boston gas will give a little more than 25 candle power. The Brook- line gas is a little brighter. From this point of view alone then we can pay in Boston about $8 per 1000 cu. ft. for acetylene when we pay $1 per 1,000 cu. ft. common gas. But will the gas bills remain the same at this ratio ? More light will probably be used and the householder will be led into a more extravagant consumption, and he must decide what he is willing to pay for the new luxury. We must count then with the tastes of the consumer, and these can only be translated into money values after long trial of the new light in many houses. Besides the question of meeting the desire of the con- sumer for more or less hght is another, which must be taken into consideration depending upon his expertness in burning gas and the care he is willing to take in get- ting economical results. No. 1. A Sugg-table fishtail burner is shown, burning just 5 cu. ft. per hour and giving the light of 25 candles. If more or less than 5 cu. ft. of gas is passed through it per hour it gives a lower efficiency and the light costs more. The law in Massachusetts, 1882, requires that the candle power should be tested with the most efficient burners, and I have used the best one for water gas. Coal gas would have given more candle power in an Argand burner. Burning gas economically is an art which is only understood by experts, and here again the habits of consumers disturb calculations; they are not _ Acetylene. OT. usually willing to take the pains to get the best burners, as the following experiment will show. No. 2 is a gas burner ‘taken off the pipes in the Tech- nology building and represents the average condition of burners in dwellings. About one-half the illuminating power of the gas is lost in this burner, and few people think of having the burners changed when they become inefficient. | If I put a globe over the burner, about half the light is absorbed, so that with a bad burner and with a milk-glass globe we pay about four times as much as need be for light; but the use of a globe is often necessary for com- fort. The acetylene gas gives a different colored light, and I thought it might pass through the globe in larger proportion, but on measuring the candle power I found this was not the case. Perhaps a globe can be found that will especially suit acetylene light. An important question then is to be answered before we can compare the lighting power of gas and acetylene. Is an acetylene light more tolerant of lack of care in the burners and of variations in the pressure than is the case with common gas? The most superficial observation shows that the two gases must be burnt in a very differ- ent way. Gas burnt in an acetylene jet gives less than one-tenth of its true lighting power, and acetylene burnt in a com- mon gas burner gives a yellow, smoky flame, and when turned down to a small flame it deposits soot on the jet, clogging the burner, if the opening consists of a straight sht. Even the very fine fishtail burners with a straight sht intended for oil gas suffer from this defect when the acetylene flame is turned down. It appears then from the last experiments that the choice of burner and the mode of using it are very important factors in determining the value of any kind of illuminant, and hundreds of pages have been pub- 7 98 Canadian Record of Science. lished on this subject with reference to oil and gas light, and it may be added that the results are not yet con- cordant. Acetylene can not well be burnt in an Argand burner nor with the devices that succeed with petroleum lamps. A fishtail flame with a good exposure to the air must be used, and the best form of burner is that which throws the swiftest stream of acetylene into the air in the form of a very thin sheet. A lava-tip burner has long been used for gas in which the opening is not a shit, but two small holes. The con- ‘struction of these burners can be well shown by passing ‘gas through two blowpipe jets, and when the two long jets of flame are made to impinge on each other at nearly a right angle they spread out into a fishtail form. Acety- lene can be burnt in very small lava tip jets of this class, and gives about 30-candle power, but the ight can not be turned low without losing its efficiency and smoking. An experiment can easily be made which shows how large a quantity of air is required to render acetylene flames smokeless. Mix acetylene gas with measured quantities of air up to 1} volumes of air and burn the mixtures in a sht fishtail burner. It will be found that the acetylene does not diminish notably in illuminating power. Larger proportions of air begin to destroy the briluancy of the flame. The same trials with common gas show that a very small proportion of air renders the flame less luminous. Suitable burners must be chosen in each case. Acetylene can even be burnt mixed with one-third its volume of oxygen, giving a very brilliant flame. These experiments are only of practical value in indicating the kind of burner which should be chosen for acetylene. Another quality of the flame is very instructive from the same point of view. The acetylene flame clings to the burner in an extraordinary way, so that it is difficult to twihd Acetylene. a9 blow it out, and the luminous part of the fishtail flame almost touches the jet, while in a gas flame a large blue zone separates the luminous part from the jet. By exploring the flame with a bit of platinum wire, it is easy to see, by the intensity with which it glows, which is the hottest part, and also to recognize that the luminous part deposits soot on any cold object. These experiments led to the idea of constructing a new form of burner for acetylene gas, in which the jets should be very fine and very perfect in form, and which should give the best probable access of air, and which should bring a very small section of metal in contact with the flame in order to avoid smoke and the deposit of soot. The form eventually chosen is shown by the sketch. The burner is made of brass with nickel or steel tips. The extreme points in contact with the flame may be tipped with platinum or silver, but steel answers the pur- pose quite well. The most essential feature is that the tips should not be larger than , inch in diameter. These burners abstract very little heat from the flame and consequently give more ght than the usual form for the same candle power. They do not smoke with any height of flame. They burn acetylene advantageously with the 10- to 20-candle-power light to which we are accustomed. Lava tips are not well suited to such small flames, because the section in contact with the flame is about 20 times larger and abstracts so much heat that the metal setting for several inches in length becomes very hot. Loss of heat occasions loss of heht. It is particularly important in burning acetylene that a large supply of air should be drawn into the flame by the suction of the gas jets which issue from the two orifices of the burner. The steel jets described above v 100 Canadian Record of Science. provide for this by their perfection of form, as they are bored from their base and have the same proportions, which have been found to throw the swiftest stream under a given pressure with a hose nozzle. It seems probable, in view of the careless use of burners in the ordinary consumption of gas, that one quality of acetylene will tell in its favor. With a suitable burner acetylene will tolerate greater variations of pressure than common gas. This point was determined by more than 100 measures of the candle power taken with the two gases burning under different pressures. The smallness of the acetylene flame required to give off a briliant hght is a point in its favour, allowing the use of a great variety of globes and shades for tempering or reflecting the hght. The same quality will be found of advantage when a strong light is to be concentrated as nearly as possible at the focus of a mirror or of a lens, as in locomotive headlights or in lanterns for projections. It was hoped that the quantity of light given off by duplex or triplex acetylene flames would show a particu- larly economical consumption, but the results of measures of the candle power of such flames with or without chim- neys were disappointing. It appears that defect of air supply with such flames more than counterbalances the effect of the heat which one flame communicates to the other. It might be desirable to use the existing gas plants and to deliver, as heretofore, a gas of 20-candle power suitable for heating or lighting. Such a project seemed very easy of fulfilment, since it was at first supposed that acetylene could be used to enrich common gas, and in that case no changes would be required in the mode of distribution nor in the form of burners. Experiments have shown that it can be employed to enrich coal gas, but that water CBAC 0 gas, which is so largely used in this country, cannot be. Waal, Acetylene. 101 enriched by acetylene. Water gas has little illuminating power and requires to be enriched by passing petroleum oil into the retorts during the manufacture, and it is only when water gas has already been brought up to a certain candle power that acetylene gas can be mixed with it without losing its effectiveness as an illuminant; so that it cannot be used as a substitute for petroleum to enrich crude water gas. There is no apparent reason a priort why an admixture of a combustible gas should deprive acetylene of its illu- minating power, and it is interesting to examine separately the effect of each one of the constituents of water gas to see which one has this property. Brookline gas, besides 16°/, of illuminants derived from oil, contains equal quantities (about 26°/,) of hydrogen, marsh gas and carbonic oxide. If each one of these is burnt separately with acetylene 1t appears immediately that it is the carbonic oxide which renders the acetylene non-luminous. Ammonia also has a singular effect upon common gas and upon acetylene, nearly destroying the lighting power and giving a beautiful faint purple flame with curious marked fringes, but ordinarily only traces of ammonia are contained in gas. Nitrogen has much less effect than ammonia or carbonic oxide in destroying the illuminating power of acetylene. The preceding statements tend to show that a summary of the qualities of acetylene gas, as compared with com- mon gas, must comprise other data beside the measures of candle power, and I have endeavoured to point out some of the peculiar properties of the new light which are advantageous. The price and the taste of the consumers must decide the question of competition. The gas of small towns is usually poorer in quality and higher in price than in large towns, and perhaps the opportunities for the introduction of acetylene are great- est in this direction. Consumers may be willing to pay 102 Canadian Record of Science. $15 per thousand for acetylene gas where they pay $1.50 for 16-candle water gas or coal gas. I should expect to see it first introduced to replace the very expensive oil gas used in railroad carriages, and also for special purposes where great briliancy and concen- tration are required, like the headlights of locomotives. For such purposes the Welsbach light cannot be used, because it is destroyed by jarring. The adherence of the flame to the burner is an advantage for railroad use, making the flame hard to blow out. For shop-window illumination the Welsbach hght, which is very much cheaper than gas burnt in any other way, seems to be beyond the reach of competition; and the Auer burner, which is similar, is now used for street lighting in Paris, ‘and these incandescent lights work well wherever the hight is not shaken, and where the disagreeable green tint is not an objection. For country houses acetylene light seems well fitted and might replace the very bad illumination of gasolene light. Much skill and special knowledge are required to run gas works, while the making of acetylene from the car- bide or its distribution as a liquid is so simple that acety- lene stations could be established in many villages too small to make gas works pay. Moreover the winter con- sumption of gas is two or three times that of the summer, when the gas plant hes idle in part. With acetylene there is an advantage in this direction, because the value of the plant would be much less. The whiteness of acetylene light renders it useful for displaying or sorting colours, and some experiments made with Mr. C. Rh. Walker show that, for photographic pur- poses, when equal quantities of acetylene light and of water-gas light, measured by candle-power, are compared, the acetylene light has two and one-half the actinic value of the other. Acetylene. 103 POISONOUS QUALITIES OF GAS AND ACETYLENE. Continuing the comparison of common gas and acety- lene, let us see how the case stands. from a sanitary, point of view. We see reports in the newspapers of deaths and attacks of illness from gas poisoning, the dropping out during the night of the core of a gas cock or a break in a pipe, would often be an accident fatal for the inmate of a small, close bedchamber. Recently persons have been poisoned by a defect in the gas main outside of their houses. Workmen are frequently made ill by a leak in the gas mains while working in a trench, but the officers of the gas companies state that such accidents are very seldom fatal. There is no question then about the poisonous qualities of common gas and particularly of water gas. Is the new illuminant likely to be less dangerous ? The poisonous constituent of common gas is carbonic oxide. London gas contains 3.2 to 7/; Paris gas 7/; Berlin gas 87; Boston gas 26%. Formerly there was a legal limit of 107, which is now removed, and the introduction of water gas has raised the percentage to this very high and dangerous amount. Carbonic oxide is not irritating or corrosive, and it seems strange that a compound so nearly allied to carbonic acid, which is innocuous, should act as a rapid poison. The mode of action is this: Carbonic oxide is absorbed and retained by the blood in a way quite different from other gases. It combines with the red corpuscles, and the compound shows under the spectroscope special ab- sorption bands, which make the recognition of its presence easy. Blood which has taken up a certain quantity of carbonic oxide no longer is capable of taking up oxygen in the lungs and conveying it through the circulation, and death by suffocation ensues, just as if there were not enough oxygen to breathe. | 104 Cunadian Record of Science. The blood is so sensitive to carbonic oxide that so little as 0.03% in the air can be shown (Bull. Soc. chem. (6) 663) when a solution of blood is brought thoroughly in contact with a mixture containing carbonic oxide. The best way to bring a liquid in contact with a large body of air or gas would be to have it circulate by means of minute canals, using a pump to keep the current in motion through the cell walls of a sponge, while the air was continually changed by squeezing and relaxing the sponge. We can find such a little machine in a very per- fect form in the body of a small animal, the veins and arteries constituting the canals, the pump being repre- sented by the heart, and the sponge by the lungs. If we sacrifice a mouse as a martyr to science and enclose him in a tight box contaiming air with a known percentage of carbonic oxide, and kill him after 3 or 4 hours, we can detect the carbonic oxide absorbed by his blood. A similar method is best suited to discovering whether acetylene is absorbed by the blood. We might suspect that this would be the case since the two gases have in common the peculiar property of being absorbable by solutions of subchloride of copper. Grehant (Comptes Rendus, 1895, IL, 565) made a care- ful comparison of carbonic oxide and acetylene in respect to their poisonous qualities upon dogs. He took care to have 20° oxygen always in his mixtures, so as to give it the vital quality of air and not to kill his animals by suffocation. He added 17% carbonic oxide (ie, enough Paris gas (containing 7// CO) to give 17% carbonic oxide). After 3 minutes the animal suffered; after 10 minutes the dog was very sick and his blood contained 27 volumes per 100 of carbonic oxide. The dog would have soon died if the experiment had been prolonged. In a mixture containing 20°/ oxygen and 207% acety- lene a dog breathed without inconvenience for 35 minutes. Acetylene. 105 His blood contained 10°/, acetylene, less than 4 the rate of absorption of carbonic oxide and not a larger percent- age of acetylene than would have been absorbed by water. The mixture contained much more acetylene than could ever get into the air of a room, and in fact in a dwelling house a much smaller quantity would produce an ex- plosion. A dog was killed by breathing 40°/, acetylene and 20°/, oxygen in 51 minutes; another in about 30 minutes by 80°/, acetylene and 20°/, oxygen. A guinea pig was not killed in 39 minutes by the same mixture. L. Brociner (Comptes Rendus, 1895, II., 773) had made similar experiments in 1887, and concluded that acetylene was not poisonous. It is not more absorbed by blood than by water. It has no specific action on blood. Sul- phide of ammonium reduces such blood normally. It has no special absorption band. Berthelot and Claude Bernard 30 years ago found acetylene not poisonous. Moissan (Comptes Rendus, 1895, IL, 566) says pur® acetylene only has an etheric agreeable odor. Bistrow and Liebreich in 1868 (Ber. I., 220) pronounced acetylene poisonous, but this opinion is contrary to that of Berthelot and of Claude Bernard, and Berthelot has recently stated anew that pure acetylene is not poisonous, and has pointed out that the old method of preparation of acetylene by means of the acetylide of copper may contaminate the gas with prussic acid (Comptes Rendus, 1895, IL, 566). It may be concluded then on the best authority that pure acetylene is not poisonous. The smell of freshly prepared acetylene made with commercial carbide of calcium would lead one to suspect that the gas contained phosphoretted hydrogen and Well- gerodt (Ber. 1895, 2107, 2115) detected its presence in acetylene by passing the gas through nitrate of silver solution. I also got by another method a good molybdate 106 Canadian Record of Science. test for phosphoric acid, before I knew of the above pub- lication. The phosphorus is probably derived from phosphates in the quicklime and in the ash of the coke used for making the carbide of calcium. Mboissan used a pure carbon obtained by charring sugar, and his carbide gave pure acetylene free from disagreeable odor. The previous statements that acetylene is innocuous may only apply to pure acetylene, and it is important then to make a special examination of commercial acetylene to see if it contains dangerous constituents. I have only found one statement on this subject, contained in the Electrical Engineer, New York, November 13, 1895, p. 469. Dr. W. H. Birchmore says that 1 cu. ft. of acetylene in 10,000 cu. ft. of air produces headache in twenty minutes, and that so small a quantity of acetylene is not percep- tible to smell. I have frequently breathed air containing enough acety- lene to be very plainly noticeable from its smell, and have not suffered the slightest inconvenience. It seems pro- -bable that individuals differ greatly in their susceptibility to poisons of the class to which phosphoretted hydrogen belongs. It is also quite possible that other poisonous gases in very small quantity may constitute impurities of acetylene. Dr. Birchmore performed a single experiment upon an animal and states that one part of acetylene in 10,000 parts of air killed a guinea pig in six hours; sick- ness came on in ten minutes. The blood lost its power of absorbing oxygen, as in a case of poisoning by cyan- hydric acid. He did not examine the blood for acetylene. Experiments of this kind should be repeated by compe- tent physiologists, and the bloed should be carefully tested. It is quite certain that in this case the death was caused by some other body present and not by the pure acetylene. If it is found that phosphoretted hydrogen or some lh i Acetylene. 107 similar impurity is present in dangerous quantity, they can probably be removed by a proper treatment of the gas. Arsenuretted hydrogen might also be present, but have failed to find any trace of it in commercial acetylene.. It has been said that acetylene gas could never act as a poison, because an escape from a leaky pipe would attract. the attention of a person, even while asleep, by its irri- tating action upon the throat, producing coughing. The statement is contrary to all my observations. Further experiments upon this subject are required, but the evidence already accumulated seems to be favour-- able to acetylene as compared with water gas, and if the new illuminant can be made for a reasonable price and can be quite freed from poisonous impurities it should become a formidable competitor with water gas. On the other side, however, we shall find that the danger from explosion will call for special precautions in the use of acetylene gas. DANGER IN USE oF LIQUEFIED ACETYLENE. There will be an evident advantage, if acetylene gas. lighting succeeds, to begin by introducing it without put- ting down mains and setting down generating houses ;. this can be done by supplying customers with liquefied gas. A cylinder holding say 1,000 cu. ft. gas compressed in a space of less than 2 cu. ft. can be attached to the gas pipes of a house in place of a meter. _ This new gas service is, however, not so simple as would: at first appear. Two cylinders must be used at once, or at least a second one must be brought before the first is. exhausted to make the supply continuous, otherwise we- should have the disagreeable surprise of finding the gas. extinguished. A gauge on the cylinders must be watched to see when No. 1 must be cut off and No. 2 turned on.. 108 Canadian Record of Scrence. Neglect in care of this will cause extinction of the gas and discredit of the system. The gas companies have accustomed us to a constant supply through mains at an even pressure and have set a high standard of conveni- ence. The cylinders contain gas at a pressure of 6 to 700 Ibs. A reducing valve, always kept in order, must reduce this pressure to 1 oz.=2 inches water. The Pintch valve employed on railroad lines is used, but we must ask the question: Will it always keep in order with the care it would get in a private house or tenement house? Then -an escape valve is required in case a fault of the Pintch valve throws the whole pressure on the pipes. A mercury seal would answer to empty the gas into the air, and it -could be counted on to work satisfactorily, but the gas would be lost each time that the valves got out of order. All this apparatus makes the use of liquefied acetylene somewhat complicated, and in addition to this disadvan- tage it would present a serious danger in case of fire. The cylinders when strongly heated would be lable to explosion, and it is proposed to guard against this danger by employing a mercury seal to empty them when the pressure exceeds safe limits. This arrangement, even Supposing that it always performed its office during a fire, would be open to a serious objection, for if the fire took place in a large building in a town containing, say, 10 cylinders with 5,000 cu. ft. of gas in the 10, this quantity of gas thrown in the air would make an explosive mixture with 20 times its volume of air, or about 100,000 eu. ft. in all, and whether disengaged on the roof or in the street would expose the firemen to a new danger. If we add to the small annoyances arising from the ‘care of a gas supply which is not constant like that of ‘gas delivered in mains, the danger of explosion of a cylin- ‘der weakened by rust or neglect, the danger in case of | fire and the very doubtful economy of the systems, the Acetylene. 109° summary seems unfavourable to use of liquefied acetylene,. except in places where sufficient space can be had to isolate the cylinders as gasoline tanks are now isolated. It will be seen later that these cylinders may be ex- posed to a special danger, although a very improbable one, from the explosive decomposition of acetylene under the impulse of a certain kind of shock. THe TEMPERATURE OF THE ACETYLENE FLAME. When we compare acetylene and common gas illumi-- nation from the point of view of the products of com- bustion which vitiate the air of a room, or of the heat which is given off, the conclusions are very favourable to acetylene lighting, because ten times as much common gas has to be burnt to obtain the same amount of light. as would be given by a unit measure of acetylene. The heating effect, however, is not in the ratio of ten to one.. Ten cu. ft. of Boston gas give 2.42 times as much heat as 1 cu. ft. of acetylene. Prof. Lewes’ has calculated the amount of carbonic. acid given off by different illuminants, and finds, for an equal amount of light,, that coal gas gives off six times as much as acetylene, and he estimates that the heat from acetylene would not be much greater than from the ordi-- nary incandescent lamp. The true relations are for the same amount of light :— Heat from incandescent light, 1; acetylene, 3; water gas, 9. Prof. Lewes says, in the same connection :—“ The flame of acetylene, in spite of its illuminating value, is a dis-. tinctly cool flame, and in experiments which I have made: by means of the Lechatelier thermo-couple, the highest. temperature in any part of the flame is a trace under 1,000° Cent. While coal gas, burning in the same way” 1 A peper read before the Society of Arts, London, — 110 Canadian Record of Science. in a flat-flame burner, the temperature rises as high as 1,360 Cent.” It is not an advantage, but a disadvantage, that the fishtail acetylene flame should be cool. Its temperature is lowered by the excessive contact with air required for complete combustion, and, if the flame could be made hotter, more light could be obtained for the same quantity of heat. It is scarcely necessary to add that the temper- ature of a flame has nothing to do with the heat of combustion. Phosphorus or sodium can be burnt at the ordinary temperature, or at a red heat, and the heat of combustion is the same at either temperature, provided the products of combustion are the same. Lechatelier,| one of the best authorities upon such a subject, does not appear to have measured the tempera- ture of the acetylene flame with his pyrometer, and, in fact, such measurements are very difficult; but he has calculated that acetylene, burned with air, may reach a temperature of 2,100° to 2,400° Centigrade, and, burned with oxygen, 4,000°. It is easy to melt platinum in a common air blowpipe flame fed with acetylene, but the platinum appears to first form a carbide. Acetylene, notwithstanding its high cost, may find a restricted use in the laboratory in air or oxygen blast furnaces; it will undoutedly give a higher temperature than gas or hydrogen. The preceding description has continually held in view the utilitarian side of the question, and it has been thought — ‘simpler to enumerate the items in favour of the economical use of acetylene as compared with gas and not to extend ithe comparison to other forms of illumination, but the following table mostly taken from the most recent book? on the subject gives the means of comparing other modes 1 Comptes Rendus, December 30, 1895. 2 Julius Swoboda: Petroleum Industrie. Tiibingen, 1895, ee ee eee a | | Acetylene. WEL of lighting. It is to be remarked that authorities differ widely in their estimates, and the cost of gas and electric lighting varies greatly with the locality. Electricity is particularly advantageous when it can be put to other uses during a part of the day. 100 CaNDLE Licut Durinc ONE Hovr. ee ap © Cost Bes QUANTITY. htm CENTS 3 - tg gs “SNe G ad sa atmos ees 0.09—0.25E | 1—2.5 57—158e Ihicandescent:lamp.. .. 0. 2... 0.46—0.85E 3—5 290--536c Boston gas, $1 per 1000...... 20 cu. ft. 2.0 3380c Acetylene, '$10 per 10002) 3. 24 to 3 cu. ft. 2.5—3 | 1000—1200c Petroleum lamp. ! 2 face ee 5! 0.621b.—1.0 Ib. 2.0 3360c @arcel ob lamp oy i 2k - a sn 0.9 Ib. 8.0 4200c Paranine candle. 3....008. Le7ilb: 28.0 9200c Spermaceti candle........... 1.7 lb. 54.0 7960c Pyasecandle ok sy. ees iris loys 61.0 8940c Stearine candle ............. 2.0 lb. 33.0 9700c Matlow candle cg .. ciss% aienene aittels - ene us al aemrarel fea wen Fs F ett eeee eee SUNDAY 30.2327 5 . 29.6043 39-3332 30.4887 42.2 . . 3°. 1502 37.1 . 30.3598 Misael mes cleans 5 40.80 | 28.6x 12.19 _ 30.1198 : 4 “ . . = - 454 «| 15-19 7-07 |9. : : z 12.7 -o7 |Sums .... 2t Years means for 21 Years means for and including 32.42 | 38.86 | 26.49 12.37 30.0124 Shine . ri ; . oo $16.49 § 7-37] .- z F . 12.78 this month and including this month, ANALYSIS OF WIND RECORD. * Barometer readings reduced to sea-level and | one 4th. Lowest Baraat Was ae on the C) it. giving a range o 46 inches. aximum - : W N.W tembertune of.32° Kahrenhett relative humidity was 100 on the Ist, 15th, 19th, 7 Direction..--.... : us § Observed. eae ae aah Minimum relative humidity was Miles -..+++2-+++- 198 3353 | 186x 96 t Pressure of vapour in inches of mercury. een he Divationintiicel aes a 111 { Humidity relative, saturation being 10v. Rain fell on 11 days. er ‘ Snow fell on 8 days. : 14 yearsonly. s Ten years only. . lean velocity..--| 23-77 : 9.90 10.97 | 12.99 | 20.69 | 16.77 The greatest heat was 61.3° on the 8th; the Rain or snow fell on 16 days. ee ee a ee NT cold was Le gre 22nd, giving a Lunar halos on 3 nights, 4th, 6th and 30th. 4 range of temperature of 53.8 degrees. i g Greatest mileage in one hour was 47 on the Resultant mileage, 3,090. pees 1 night, Ist. E Resultant direction, S. 454° W. Warmest day was the 8th. Coldest day was oar frost on 2 days, 4th and 29th. Greatest velocity in gusts, 60 miles per hour on Total mileage, 10,944. the 2lst. Highest barometer reading was 30.594 Thunder and lightning on 9th. the 26th. Average velocity 15.20 m. p-h. RT vere ie se anc, es 2 . ; (RAE BOLIC AA OA rsa ; ABSTRACT FOR THE MONTH OF DECEMBER, 1898. Meteorological Observations, McGill College Observatory, Montreal, Canada. Height above sea level, 187 feet. C. H. MoLEOD, Superintendent. THERMOMETER. DAY, Mean.| Max. | Min. | Range. — -———— —_—_— SUNDAY. ........1 ” » SVP O oN gon OW woo “nw oo MAND db BOK HOwWS NH aw SUNDAY. ...-005 vn oT BEER ond wd! COUN WHHAAWO A WMWIW A. Tee ROSS Cums SUNDAY. .. © & Co or n 2 9 ° 7 9 3 7 8 4 “4 5 +5 +5 4 8 moO 2 I. x 9 5 9 9 5 SUNDAY. ..0504429 ‘ 30 31 Means ..... 21 Years means for and including this month .. ee ee BAROMETER. Max. Min. Mean. Range. 29.8620 30-2793 30.1010 30.1960 30.4248 30.4162 30.2275 30.6078 SKY CLOUDED WIND. In Trnrus. Mean velocity} 3 in miles| perbour| tMean {ff Mean pressure frelative of vapor.f humid- Dew point. | General direction. | = Seow oO: 0 GW ON O- eI b Oh wm? ZZ Z2 002 oOoONO OH. CO WO ww - FOOWNW + OM wmOoOnw =" iT.) nw 4 veg &: = Ned m3 un OD w $16.71 DAY ee unshine. infall in inches. | = er cent. of | Snowfall in inches. snow melted. ee eeeee +e SUNDAY 21 Years means for and including this month, * Barometer readings reduced to sea-level and Miles Duration in hrs.. Mean velocity... . 1103 145 _— 17-79 11.17 10.71 11.61 Greatest mileage in one hour was 67 on the Greatest velocity in gusts, 80 miles per hour on the 3lst. — 5.W. 1635 94 Ww. 1524 3066 193 15.89 | 17.39 temperature of 32° Fahrenheit. § Observed. z t Pressure of vapour in inches of mercury. t Humidity relative, saturation being 100, 1 14 years only. s Ten years only. The greatest heat was 51.4° on the 2lst; the greatest cold was —10.3° on the 13th, giving a Resultant mileage, 2,425. Resultant direction, S. 33° W. Total mileage, 11,669. Average velocity 15.68 m. p.h. range of temperature of 64.7 degrees. Warmest day was the 26th. Coldest day was the 12th. Highest barometer reading was 30.772 on the 17th. Lowest barometer was 28.924 on the 31st, giving a range of 1.848 inches. Maximum relative humidity was 100 on the 2nd, 3rd, 4th, 5th, 6th, 7th, 8th, 9th, 12th, 13th, 14th, 17th, 19th, 22nd, 26th, 28th, 3Uth and 31st. Minimum relative humidity was 65 on the 12th. Rain fell on 10 days. Snow fell on 11 days. Rain or snow fell on 17 days. Auroras were observed on 1 night, 8th. Lunar halos on 1 night, 4th. Lunar coronas on 3 nights, 24th, 25th and 27th. Hoar frost on 4 days, 9th, 14th, 24th and 30th. Earthquake shock at 12.25 a.m. on 9th. Very heavy wind storm on 3lst. Pm > A cts ma ; - ; ~s Z agg ly iE eS EX ee 2 ' aoe oe yf ' Rea Cw oS \: ae ‘ 2,4 ie i a cath ae fe i 5 eh, i ect pve : yiais ta Papp te hy, x + has & ty Bp + ihc esa Teieth ice ay a ; vi Reeser ae Meteorological Abstract for the Year 1895. Observations made at McGill College Observatory, Montreal, Canada. — Height above sea level 187 ft. Latitude N. 45° 30’ 17”. Longitude 4" 54™ 18-55" W. . C. H. McLEOD, Superintendent. 2 C) = o . Q aE a3 THERMOMETER. * BAROMETER. 5B |e Winp. = a5 a me ‘ E a a 5 aS Ss TkN years (1885-94) MmANS OF BI-HOURLY TEMPERATURES aT MONTRRAL. go |-ee| @3| 88) & |sbS| & |oa | S85) 22] Bs_ lt Deyia- Ba | So | 3 M Bac ea) Oe ei oo | ee | Bee | ee. eee Monts, rie bs 3 as am re Mean ae oe mn qo mn oa | 4 BA lao | os § Moni: gion Seam gem | s> | Sh) 38 | Resultant | velocity! ©, | sa) 8 |528/ 8 | geo | Saa| 28) SSe) m | an | sh | 7mm | gp | ath | 13n | i5n | 1mm | igh |° 2In | 23n |Means. : =© | 21 years S38 | ss | 52] 28] direction. /in miles] Bo) 2-5 9 | 4e 3 Bao [aa saa] cag r= | means. ave |e AO |e perhour.| ce TS 3 fel dpbezaeks & |wFa| wea | —|--__—- a et bt Sea a f — | —| — —! TT eo — a —— ee ee ee eee ee —— January .........| 14.89 | + 2.96 | 37. 29.9348 241 -0789 | 82.8 | 10.6} S. 70° W 14.6 59 40 1.36 4 24.9 18 3.76 2 20 11.34 | 10 59 9 76 953} 10.41] 1288] 14.37 4.9) 3.92 3.50 «6 13 2.17 ennryIDOO Hi ee 14.20 | — 1.64 | 37. 29 8003 255 -0853 | 87.5 | 11.1] S. 64° W. 20.6 60 47 | 0.00 2 24.7 15 2.45 1 16 12.21 | 11.43} 10.49 9.95 | 11.82 14.6) 1634 iro 1383 138 116 re aH ee ae March Reventon ex} eesder|—' 2.16 | 40. z 247 1093 84.0 18.2 5. 87° W. 16.1 51 5Y 0.45 4 5.6 1 1.01 2 17 22.39 | 21.41 20.09 20.36 | 23.08 | 25.98 | 27.76] 28.42 | 27.55) 25.83 | 24.68) 23 81 | 24.28 |March...... «+s. April........... | 41-17] + 1.17 | 63. 222 -1934 | 73.4 32.7 N. 31° W. 13 7 54 46 3.76 12 0.0 i 3.76 13 36.78 | 35.46 | 34.14 | 36.38 | 39.86 | 43.32 | 45.47 | 46.27 | 45.65) 42.31 | 40.25] 38.73 | 40.39 |April.-.... 4... Miiwiet ceaeiscnee 58.27 + 3.66 B7. 155 -3937 67.8 46.9] 5. oy? W. 14.6 54 53 3.31 17 0.0 1 3.31 1 17 50.66 49.12) 47.73 | 51.08 | 55 29] 58.76 | 61.41 | 62.33] 61.22] 57.55] 54.77 | 52.81 | 55.23 |May ..--0.+. wees SUMING spaicwcniec eae 69.54 + 4.51 | 86. 148 -5489 79.2 61.0 Ss. él” W. 13.4 53. 63 | 3.74 12 eos 8.74 aa 12 6).69 5y. 4) 58.64 62.26 65.82 69.13 71.21 71.80 70.31 66.86 63.89 | 62.23 | 65 19 |June...... cece July ....-+e00e00-| 67-21 | —_1.54 87. 138 4632 | 69.0 | 56.1] 5. 96" Ww. 12 3 56 56 2.38 qa fir 2.38 ics 12 64.25 | 62.82) 62.11 65.69 69.65 73.17 75.04 75.75 | 74.02 70.25 | 67.42] 65.83 | 68.83 |July.....0. reese August ........0. 65.84 — 0.87 | 82. 148 -4916 | 77.2 58.0 |S. 54° Ww 15.7 53 58 | 6.92 23 ie 62925 ec 23 61.44 | 61.32} 5944) 6202) 66.22 69.70 | 71.78 | 72.09 | 70.39 | 66.30] 6390} 62.53} 65.52 |August..... s+... September ..... | 60.30] + 1.70 | 86. 172 4201 76.1 62.3 7S. 44 W 14.5 47 63 | 3.40 lu aoe 3.40 : 2 C i y Ps a trhe bones ‘ fe a a '< . a “¥ ~ 5 fv operetta Fe ee | F uf “ a ‘ Meteorological Observations, McGill College Observatory, Montreal, Canada. ABSTRACT FOR THE MONTH OF JANUARY, 1896. C. H. McLEOD, Superintendent. Height above sea level, 187 feet. SKY CLOUDED J - THERMOMETER. BAROMETER. WIND. In Tenmas [256 2, | € | 38 ——— J —_ —— —- — = tMean ff Mean ——— — -—— co8 30 ir Par DAY, pressure relative) Dew Mean Pe ons £38 S22 | gg DAY of vapor. humid-| point. | General [velocity] 2 | ¥| cf. 28) 8.8 Eo lap Mean.| Max. | Min. |Range.J Mean. Max. Min. Range. ity. direction. jin miles] 2 | S| £255 ie g- | mo = a > fa, "2 =I =| perbour | QD i) rf 26.13] 29.2 24.2 5.0 29.6668 | 29.912 29. 461 2451 1035 73-3 19.0 N.W. 37-75 8.3 | 10 | Of oo aes Inap, |Inap.} x° 2 27.50] 31.8 20.6 11.2 29.8643 | 30.024 29.597 +427 +1275 84.7 23-7 Ss. 14.42 8.3] 10) 4 5r ae 1.4 | 0-54] 2 3 23.52 35-3 6.3 29.0 29-5475 | 29.728 29.431 +297 1053 78.3 17-7 N jo.08 6.5 | 10} o 68 ae 0.4 | 0.04] 3 4] 5-80] - 6.3 |—13.0 19.3 30-0698 | 30.235 29.885 +350 0312 94.5 | —7-3 N. 23.62 5-2|10| of 18 ate S00 vont 4 Sunpay.,,......5 —13.1 |—19.7 CR ial oat aaa apiere Fee arate weir oa N. EE083 Bene levee - 67 One A otal Iborinct len ccomencrt .. SUNDAY 6 f-—-15.45 |—11.4 |—21.2 9.8 30.6507 | 30.675 30.591 034 0203 98.3 |—16.0 N. 6.58 0.0} of] OF 95 Lec saad -|leoed 6 7 | —6.23 | —o.2 |—13.0 12.8 30.4145 | 30.619 30.272 347 0312 95-8 | —73 N, 16.00 4-5 | 10] Off oo om, Inap, |Inap,| 7 8 2.42 6.4 | —3.0 9-4 30.2613 | 30:345 30.170 +175 0373 73.2) || ==3)2 N. 1.96 1.2} 7] 0 87 Foc Bano oeee | 8B 9 8.27] 10.8 4-3 6.5 30.0830 | 30.110 30.048 062 0575 90.3 6.0 N. 15.04 7:9|10] Off oo 5 1.0 | %10/ g 10 11.07 15-4 7-8 7-6 30.2392 | 30.208 30.172 126 0670 94.0 9-3 N. 15.54 3-7 | 10} © 74 oe 0,1 | 9.01 | Io 5 9.70 | 14-7 4.6 10.1 30.2642 | 30.327 30.178 149 0640 047 8.5 N. 7-29 0.0} of] off 76 ee ae rence o4- Sunpay........12 26.7 2.2 24.5 Paet es Sie win nne a abe mage ae FE, 9.46 ARE ||sAael lees) | Cx! = 2.0 | 0,20 | 12...........SUNDAY 13] 21.33 | 23.8 17-9 5-9 29.9730 | 30-108 29.887 +221 -0982 85.5 17-7 WwW. 17.39 9-3|10] 8§ 36 ove Inap, |Inap.} 13 149 18.58] 22.8 15.2 7.0 30.1027 | 30.235 30.012 223 «0925 Ors 16.5 N.W. 15 17 B5]}/10] 59 41 Ba ten) | O.cn} ra 15 17.05 | 17-3 6.6 10 7 30.4358 | 30.517 30.309 +208 +0615 86.0 7:7 N.W. 19.83 3-3] 10] 0 51 a aun Siete li 4 16 13.93 | 20.0 5-4 14.6 30.2870 | 30.508 jO.123 385 ~0788 94.0 12.3 S. 7.83 &.2 |] 10] Of oo : 0.9 0.9 | 16 17} 14.58 | 21.8 1r.6 30,2 30.3300 | 30.419 30.244 175 .0728 85.8 11.3 N.W, 11.04 4-3 | 10} 0 72 Ke sated wove | 37 18 f 17.68] 20.9 13.0 7-9 30.1958 | 30.258 30.145 113 0863 88.8 15-0 N.W, 9.62 7*-5|10| Off 48 b o.1 o,r | 18 SUNDAY........19 acon yp ten 10.8 9.4 anao8 F epee Bcicnciny dcie ae anys oe N.W. 19.21 sGilleren 67 see 5 1Qacia claus «SUNDAY 20 13.93 18.6 8.0 10.6 30.2638 30.370 jo. 124 246 0748 go 8 11.5 N.W, 12.21 7:3| 10] 0 28 f 0.3 20 2I 20.45 24.2 17.2 7.0 30.1377 30.222 30 Og1 I3t 1023 93-2 18.7 S. 4.92 10.0 | to | 10 role} 56 1.6 2r a2 19.23| 23.6 14.8 8.8 30.3837 | 30.472 30 258 214 -0918 88.3 16.3 N.W. 7-50 6.0} 10] of 65 ia Ara 22 23 15.03} 18.1 12.6 5-5 30.4528 | 30.519 30.385 -134 0817 94.2 13-7 N, 9-29 7-9} 10] © 43 ane 23 24 19.72 26.2 II.4 14.8 30.1162 30.298 29.922 370 1030 94.2 18.2 N, 19.29 8.3 | 10} Of oo 6.6 24 25 27.42 | 30.6 23.8 6.8 30.0000 | 30.070 29.916 +154 =1425 95.2 26.0 N. 10 67 10.0 | 10 | 10 ye) 2.9 25 SUNDAY........26 9 ..... | 28.6 24.0 4.6 aeeat Sc, i> dees ee .- wees + N.W. 6.12 J --- |....| -- f 00 oa 2.3 : 26 ...++.....SUNDAY 27 15.18 | 26.3 Io 3 16.0 30.0640 | 30.114 30.025 .089 0780 87.8 12.2 N.W. 22.33 7°}10] © 55 ei as 4 27 28 1.83 | 10.3 | —26 12.9 30.2687 , 30.345 30.157 188 0403 85.5 | —1-7 N.W, 16.92 1.0} 6| © f too > erelsee a] eralsian | ta) 29 2.15 4.8 |—20 6.8 30.3175 | 30.384 30.232 152 0417 (pie |e) N. 10.42 8.0 | 10] Off oo ean Emc dhects) 309 13.45} 18.8 6.0 12.8 30.3098 | 30.464 30.223 241 0662 80.8 8.5 N.W. 14.18 5-0} 10] Off 48 = Inap. | Inap.| 30 31 7-07 ] 15.0 4-0 II.0 30.4468 30.547 30 260 287 0475 80.0 1.8 N.E. 10.71 6.2 | 10] 0 49 sre erate Sone {pape Means ..... ......f 12.36 | 17-54] 6.71 | 10.83 30.1906 | 30.300 30.078 222 0742 88.5 9-4 N,20°W. | 14.52 6.0 | 9.0] 1.48 40.1 if 2057) "| eEX) | oeee | eceesias, MLO 22 Years means 22 Years means for for and including 11.94 | 20.32] 4 11 | 16.21 ROZOSgO! |) © serials a +324 0726 81.5 ie) ea seme 516,68 J 6.3] .. 130-9 23.8 | 3.54 jand including this this month...... month, ANALYSIS OF WIND RECORD. * Barometer readings reduced to sea-level and | the 5th. Highest barometer reading was 30.675 : temperature of 32° Fahrenheit. on the 6th. Lowest barometer was 29.431 on the Direction........] -N. N.E. BE. S.E. 5. S.W. WwW. | N.W. CALM. 3rd, giving a range of 1.244 inches. Maximum —|— — —$—— | — — | —— | ——_|____|]—__|____________|_ § Observed. pene NECN ines a a eG fa Be ee IMGIGS cee andav nce 8 6 2 8 6 te) 2 5 cee 7th, 9th, lOth, With, 12th, loth, 23rd an . ae PeAniOe, pated Wiescsese lees (aed lee) Set eee ee t Pressure of yapour in inches of mercary. Minimum relative humidity was 61 on the Ist. Duration in hrs..| 311 AN CSOs pads. ee Ja a 15 pape’ ___ 7 __|_~=—«F Humidity relative, saturation being 100. Snow fell on 17 days. Mean velocity....| 14.08 | 18.62 7-75 10.67 | 10.59 | 17.25 | 20.27 | 16.74 115 years only. s Ten years only. Auroras were observed on 2 nights, 8rd and 9th. J = The greatest heat was 35.3° on the 3rd; the | oar frost on 2 days, 11th and 12th. Greatest mileage in one hour was 52 on the Resultant mileage, 7,710. greatest cold was —21.2° on the 6th, giving a ae st. \ x range of temperature of 56.5 degrees. Lunar halos on 1 night, 28th. Resultant direction, N. 20° W. azar velocity in gusts, 60 miles per hour on e Ist. Total mileage, 10,563. Warmest day was the 2nd. Coldest day was Lunar coronas on 2 nights, 3rd and 9th. - = ‘ Ap t a i 7 , 4 at - . “2 , tk { . \ \ “ . , ' \ ) . t ‘ 4 j : ‘ ers ‘ ‘ x % wy “a ‘ | ‘ \ ae hh 9 : ‘ a * . 7 ; : ‘ 4 ¥ 1 4 -- 7 f ; r hy i t | > 4 ir Z “o mn ; ’ eX ~ e : ‘ 4 i? wkd a 7 ! 5 z 3 ps ep + p~ be ee » ’ F ; E: / a ¢ See ee eee ae mia ed a a aC at ee 4 tthe ; bor Tey ' i ie, [ ie x a clea he Slate ‘ VP ie ot + Kesh tae vs rr mi pees Co ah é Pou ; io \* et eS YS 7 , ‘ _ SETAC ese The CedES Pax. ¥ ae Efi? : Dye 1 ABSTRACT FOR THE MONTH OF FEBRUARY, 1896. Meteorological Observations, McGill College Observatory, Montreal, Canada. Height above sea level, 187 feet. C. H. McLEOD, Superintendent, THERMOMETER. Day. Mean.} Max. | Min. | Range. tf ar.12| 32.8 4.6 28.2 SUNDAYW.........2 J sees. | 29.0 13.0 16.0 3 10.43 | 14.8 3.8 11.0 4] 35-52] 20.8 7-6 13.2 sf 30.28 | 33.7 19.5 14.2 6] 32-95 | 344 31.6 2.8 7 31.83 | 33.6 30.5 aux 8} 21.92 | 30.5 18.8 11.7 SuNDaY... .... 9 meet XOee 7.6 11.2 1of 18.02] 22.3 11.4 10.9 11 24.40! 30.3 19.6 10.7 12 12.28 19.5 €.9 10.6 13 11.33 | 14.2 8.4 5.8 14 13.08 19.4 7:3 12.1 15 o.78 7:3 |— 2-5 88 Sunpav .......16 wieaiss 2.7 |—17-2 19.9 17 [—16,02 |—10.0 |—22.6 32.6 18 [—10.92 |— 3-3 |—23-4 20.1 19 J 8.23 29.6 20 f 14.80 8.7 2 1,15 3-9 22 14.52 6.5 SUNDAY...+4..-23 [| -ses- 24 25.10 5 25 2.55 5 26 2.28 i 27 11.07 ; 28 f 34.92 : 29 37.18 ‘ FC (eames 31 satel Means ..... ..2++-f 14.75 | 21-54 | 6.78 f 14.76 22 Years means for and including 15 34 | 23.60 | 6 79 | 16.80 BAROMETER. ——_—--——] {Mean pressure frelative} De of yapor.jhumid-| point. Mean. Max. Min. Range. 29.7548 | 30.163 29.456 - 797 - 1168 29.9937 30.112 29.876 1236 16603 29.8975 | 29.918 29.867 +051 0817 29.8978 | 29.921 29.857 .064 1447 29.5222 | 29.92% 28.034 -987 1777 29.1032 | 29.424 28.786 -638 1712 29.8822 | 30.000 29.668 +332 -1082 29.5820 29.644 29. 464 1180 10878 29.4208 | 29.649 29 203 +356 1165 30.0975 | 30.240 29.851 -389 .0658 29.8973 | 30.236 29.538 - 698 -0683 29.8250 | 30.081 29.621 - 460 -0665 30.0235 | 30.141 29.914 +227 +0405 30.5542 | 30-601 | 30.517 1084 J so192 go.2185 | 30.499 29.890 -609 0250 29.5405 | 29.784 29-363 -421 0598 29.4598 | 29 719 29 327 +392 0798 30.0530 | 30.189 29 853 -336 0383 30.0378 | 30.197 29 943 +254 0842 29.7283 | 29.956 29.547 409 1247 30.0555 30.104 29.988 +110 0418 29.8390 | 29.945 29.760 -185 +0455 29-8533 | 29.913 29-744 -169 0658 29.6955 ; 29-736 29.677 +059 1758 29.8437 | 29.899 29.774 +125 2215 29.8314 | 29.999 29.660 +339 +0915 30.0272 Sins ote i dle ie +305 -0824 this month...... ANALYSIS OF WIND RECORD. Direction........| N. N.E. E. S.E. Miles .....-.....-| 2778 800 544 444 Durationin hrs..| 151 40 60 33 Mean velocity....| 28.07 | 20.00 9.07 13.45 Greatest mileage in one hour was 66 on the Greatest velocity in gusts, 90 miles per hour on the 11th. s. | 8.w. | W. |-N.w. Cat. Sel ae Saal | oe eae Pinte nw alciae ieee a Resultant mileage, 7,130. Resultant direction, N. 303° W. Total mileage, 13.932 ISKY CLOUDED WIND. In TrnTHs { Mean —— ——|—_ -— Dew Meanf < ¥ General |yelocity] 3 | %/ ¢«& ity. direction. jin miles} < $ Ne perhour, 95.3 20.0 N, 13.79 J. 10.0] 10 | 10 3 melds N.W. 22.83 ais nail |vewees es 86.5 72 N. 14.00 4-8 | 10] © 91.3 13-5 N.W. 12.08 g.0}10| 4 87.3 26.7 S.W. 11.46 § 10.0 | 10 | 10 94.8 31.5 N.E. 21.17 10.0} to | to 95.7 30-7 N.W, 18.53 § 9-5 | 10] 7 93 0 20 0 N.W. 23 21 1.8 | 10 | © aietars BONO N. 21 12 . wy 88.3 15.0 N.W. 23.21 5.8] 10] 0 87.3° 21.3 N.W. 35-46 9-5| 10] 5 85.2 9.0 N.W, 20 75 2.0| 10] 0 94 2 10.2 N: 16.87 ff} 10.0 | 10 | 10 83.8 8.7 N.W. 26.50 45]10| 0 90.7. | —1.5 N, 19.46 8.3] 10 | © spec oer N. 13,62 Bate (Pease 93-3. |—17.3 N. 22,08 o,0| o| 0° 94.3 |—12.2 NE, 11.79 heel] JA 90.5 5.8 7 9-37 7. | 10 ° 92.5 15.0 N.W. 18 85 6.8] 10} 0 84.2 | —2.7 N.W. 28.29 2.0/ 8] 0 90.2 12.3 N,W. 30.04 4.8 | 10 ° 88.3 22.0 N.W. 85.8 | —o.2 N.W. 92.5 0.2 N.W. 87.7 80 S, E. 85.0 30-7 Ss. 99-0 | 37-2 cS) 90.3 12.44 JN. 3034° W. 79:8 Sah +] Meee pc * Barometer readings reduced to sea-level and temperature of 32° Fahrenheit. § Observed. + Pressure of vapour in inches of mercury. t Humidity relative, saturation being 100. 715 years only. s Ten years only. The greatest heat was 41.5° on the 29th; the greatest cold was —23.4° on the 18th, giving a range of temperature of 64.9 degrees. Warmest day was the 29th. Coldest day was Toe bits ee a 35 228) 28 | S42 aS Ss 3 Be ss £2 sf DAY. sag| 3° | EE | Ze ey ee el FI 00 ~ * e ts ry E.. r = > ab J A ran , + ees 5. eH SRR Ot et Ph net he att, ng oo ‘ 4 ‘ ee : r 2 ‘ a = —. z Se ” i * > « ¢ > « ~ ‘és t 2, ° * . “ “ ? ~ DS. 3 He ~ / ae he ”, 17 4 = _ A of Sy ee ie ae a . ‘ + ‘ a E . = P ts 5 sas é 5 ‘ oY | ¢ veoaat es Asaf ¥ * » aed s ‘ . + ’ ’ ~~ - . - od . i - 4 - e - y - “a ‘ : = ~ a ae oe fi Sa gr A, in Serr AT yr a - 7 ae * Ky a ne a - toed ~ “ _ ~ -—s ‘ . Ss : - < Bt wh f > he Se Sad < : a Sy es Sh, 2 Ve eM * ‘ : , é * i a J ) ; . A - : , e ‘ ie - ~~ « -~ * / “ake A : ‘ Meteorological Observations, McGill College Observatory, Montreal], Canada. ABSTRACT FOR THE MONTH OF MARCH, 1896. Height above sea level, 187 feet. ©. H. McLEOD, Superintendent. SKY CLOUDED THERMOMETER. BAROMETER. WIND In Tentus. |? . o| Al 8 =e _ -———| tMean |{ Meau ————_ — |j— ——fl2a| =35 (aa a5 DAY. pressure frelativel’ Dew Mean} ¢ |. §Sa| ea | as | as DAY ; of vapor.Jhumid- point. | General |yelocity} = | %¥ | cf2%a4) ae | Bs |-5 ‘ Mean.| Max. | Min. |Range.f Meao. | Max. Min. Range. ity. direction. jin miles} < S| s}o8e 3” Se lige E perhour} ~ = D 5 SUNDAY....,..-.1 seeee | 39-0 32-0 7.0 etwas eeece Srice'sls noe. | | A src caus N.W. 21.46 Pcie] peeeee os 00 0.38 0.38 3 : 2 19.57 | 32.0 14.2 17.8 29.7067 | 29.775 29.589 . 186 0798 89.7 1257, S.W. 38.54 9.8|10| 8 08 ae a6 arte 3 + sresee SUNDAY 3 16.82 | 20.4 10.6 9.8 29.9262 30.041 29.771 270 0823 86.8 13-7 N.W. 23.83 7.5|10| Off oo ats 3.9 Cw} a 4 10,07 | 21.4 0.9 20.5 29.9867 | 30.066 29.884 182 0557 78.2 4:5 N.W, 21.33 65]}10] Of 4s ha Inap Inap.| 4 5 15.60 | 23-9 7.8 16.1 30.0278 | 30.075 29.992 -083 0682 77-3 9.5 Ss. 14.42 9-5|10] 99 co a eS? ilrctes ‘ 6 24.03 | 27.0 18.8 8.2 30.0210 | 30.125 29.879 +246 1063 82.7 19.7 Se 9.47 93/10] 7 06 cece Inap Inap.| 6 7 30.80 | 35.2 24.0 11.2 29.4955 | 29-798 29.275 +523 1605 93.0 28.7 Sor 24.71 10 0/10] 10 ff oo ci 564 0.64] 7 SUNDAY. ...000008 AaKcS 29-3 I5.1 14.2 Secieptele nat Saetetis seh a4as Soon eee N.W. | 34.87 oe lene 2 ifebte Inz Ina 8 99 14.95] 19.7 | 10.5 | 9.2 | 29 8042] 29.866 | 29.732 i134 | 0575 J 78-7 | 9 8 N.W. | 2850 | 7.8} 10] of o5 pei Acar Io 10 58] 16.6 4-5 12.1 29-8892 | 29.912 29.850 062 +0537 76.3 4.3 N.W. 22.00 0.3| 2}| Of 87 aw: apes seen ogee 11 9.25 14.2 0.4 13.8 29.8242 30.001 29 522 +479 0502 76.3 gaa N.W. 21.04 5.8] 10] o 62 ie, Inap Inap.| rx 129 11.22} 16.4 7.8 8.6 29.4577 | 29.820 29.247 +573 0643 88.3 8.5 N.W. 3u.12 8.3 | 10] Of oo ane 20 | 0.21 | 12 13 7.82 13.4 1.6 11.8 30, 1685 39.331 29.975 +356 0425 69 7 —o.8 N. | 23.29 43|10] o 75 oad oer ane |exg 14 11.67] 19.1 1.9 17.2 30.3997 | 30-431 30. 363 -068 +0582 76.3 6.2 N, 19.33 0.0] of} Of az zs : 14 SUNDAY. .....+.15 Wenss 21.7 6.6 IST Be cesses | concede aseeee ous see . ewes N. 14.29 AB igiealleres 6 ee aeelerak seat cc cast SuNnDay 16 16.83 | 23.8 2.5 21.3 go.0598 | 30.173 29.898 280 0793 83.5 12.7 N, If, 00 6.3 [10] 0 se 1.3 | 0.05 e MS 17 26.18 | 32.6 20.8 Sr i 29.9402 | 30.089 29.835 2254 21218 86.7 22.8 N. 18.79 4.5] 10] Of oy rx | 0,18 | 47 18 29.08) 35-3 22.2 13-1 g0.2010 | 30.231 30.166 .065 1425 89.2 26.3 N, | 14.58 BeOn zo 54 Inap. |Inap.| 18 19 f 30.15 | 31.7 28.4 3-3 29.7093 | 30-133 29.189 -944 1648 98.3 29-5 N.E. | 19-33 § 10.0 | 10 | 10 ff oo 14.5 | 2.04 | 19 zo 23.12 32.1 15-5 16.6 29.3700 29.793 29 039 +754 1147 88.7 20.5 N, 13.37 8.3 | 10] © 00 2.3 | 243 | 20 2r ff 20.08} 29 8 9.2 20.6 29.9647 | 30.049 29 829 220 0958 86.3 16.7 N, 13675 ez) Outed 723 we Sor see | 22 SUNDAY. 000000032 § ceese | 39-2 9.0 30. seeenase |) Meseele Maia. aetae se aia stare N.W. 2027 Es aw | vein 71 0.02 Pag |N@aka) (Nebsiaiwasiec sic © SunDay 23 2.65 9.0 |— 2.0 | I1.0 30.5950 | 30.650 30 562 -088 0403 82.8 J—1.5 Ss 6.50 °o.5| 6] 0 719 ote coos sees | 23 24 8.12 | 16.7 |— 3.2 19.9 30.5612 | 30.682 30.376 -306 0488 76.5 Dae Sh 6.67 1.0} 5| Of 73 rae desis sees | 24 25 26.32 35.8 8.4 27.4 29.8978 | 30.086 29.640 +446 1307 87.5 23.0 Sh 23 87 6.5] 10 Of 65 = Inap, |Inap,| 25 26 33-28 | 33.8 22.9 15.9 29.5093 | 29.594 29.420 +174 1897 97.8 32.5 Se 15.08 10.0 | 10 | 10 00 1.29 2.0 | 1.53 | 26 27} 16.98 | 23.0 9-9 13.1 29.7410 | 29.G40 29.540 400 0820 80.5 13-3 N.W. 32.54 23/10] Of & B 2.0 | 0.16 | 27 28 § 20.70] 27.3 125 14.8 30.1708 | 30.219 30.057 -168 0945 85.0 17.0 Ww. 16,16 0.5} 6| Of o7 ae ee Fasiliae SUNDAY........29 mais 37.2 11.6 BESO EN sinte clare: i}' voinieras Odeon RSG a| |= aceeae wees ae Ww. 4.38 So Nice 00 0.04 1.2 | 0.22 | 29 .....+.-.. SUNDAY 30 39-83 45-6 36.3 9-3 29.7848 29.885 29.747 +138 2152 88.3 36.2 Ss. W. 11.04 4.8 | 10] 0 67 0.06 cone 0,06 | 30 31 25.30} 43.2 25.7 17-4 30.0695 | 30.251 29.989 -262 1793 87.3 Bre5. Ss. W. 18.96 1.3| 6] 0 go * Nee ceealiae Means ..... ....- 19.65 | 27-42 | 12.46 14.96 29.9339 | 30-078 29.783 +295 _ 70995 84.5 15-5 gN.514(° W.| 19.23 5-5 | 8.5] 2.1 41.0 | 2.13 aye 6.97 Rretoet e Sums 22 Years means | 22 Years means for for and including 2407; 31.43 | 16 45 | 14.76 29.3672 ataere Rivisveis +263 - 1083 76-3 ceeeee s18,10| 6.0] .. 746.8 | 1.00 23.6 | 3.38 }and including this this month...... [ month. ANALYSIS OF WIND RECORD. * Barometer readings reduced to sea-level and jf 20th, giving a range of 1.643 inches. Maximum temperature of 32° Fahrenheit. relative humidity was 100 on the Ist, 7th, 12th, Direction........| N. N.-E. E. S.E. 5S. S.W. Ww. N.W. CALM. § Observed. 19th, 20th, 22nd and 26th. Minimum relative — | |_| | LE | | Pp zou humidity was 52 on the 13th. Miles 5 By 17 1771 1345 1063 5655 t Pressure of vapour in inches of mercary. Rain fell on 7 day fro) Oe SEA IED eee} pte alll 2? |__| st Humidity relative, saturation being 100, eee eal Ae 18 ake ion in hrs. . I I 2 6 116 68 67 234 8 1 i E 0 ays. Duratign in ee iets —_— pee SS | a ee ee ike VE) ae s Ten os only. Rain or snow fell on 21 days. Mean velocity....| 17.12 | 24.50 2.50 19.78 | 15.2 19,78 15,87 | 24.12 e greatest heat was 45.6° on the 30th; the . L Ms 7 24-5) ont, 5-27 9 Dues themuivini eae Auroras were observed on 2 nights, 14th & 22nd Greatest mileage in one hour was 60 on the 7th and 12th. pore velocity in gusts, 72 miles per hour on e Resultant mileage, N. 511° W. Resultant direction, 6,800. Total mileage, 14,305. greatest cold was —3.2° range of temperature of 48.8 degrees. Warmest day was the 30th. Coldest day was the 23rd. Highest barometer reading was 30.682 on the 24th. Lowest barometer was 29.039 on the Lunar halo on 1 night, 24th. Fog on 1 day, 23rd. Hail fell on 4 days, 6th, 7th, 25th and 29th, Mock Suns on 21st. 2 Os ag i» a As 4 + ’ fe . L ABSTRACT FOR THE MONTH OF APRIL, Meteorologica) Observations McGill College Observatory, Montreal, Canada. Height above sea level, 187 feet- 1896. C. H. McLEOD, Superintendent. Sky CLuuDKED In TentHs THERMOMETER. BAROMETER. WIND. ———————— — — ] -— — — —— — —- — —] t Mean —— Meau Geaeral |velocity’ F] { Meau —_ pressure frelative} Dew of vapor.ghumid-§ point. DAY, ’ inches. Mean.| Maz. Range 24.12 | 32-13 24.62 24 72 aewna x yNNN wane o Sunpav..... . 31.28 32.05 Senge 33-32 36.65 40.65 ow aKaan bod R OH 40.97 44 66 55-08 55-03 45-70 46.93 Sunpay weber SUG ORD BUHY DOH CREW DOD wok Don 0 53-87 38.48 41.85 48.58 44.12 46.57 WH OKKKA womNAO ON 22 Years means for and including 40.07 | 48.59] 32 36 this month ..... Mean. Max. Min. - 1580 +6493 +4793 -7987 .1205 +2795 -5462 4225 -2655 .2152 -9233 29.9576 29.874 29.58} 29.419 29.640 seeeee 30.086 30-143 30 540 30.267 30.215 30, 187 steeee 29 995 29.760 29.963 29.930 29.91 29.918 29.849 29-743 29 796 3 035 5°. 123 30.058 30. 166 30. 158 30-249 Range. -o00090 oooo°o direction. jin miles} = perhoury ~~ s 10 87 17.87 3I 50 30.20 22.12 10.71 16.37 9-17 6.62 7-42 19-75 10.29 Zn Vue Be 3455 2 AH OCONwW Auta A gmigee* meen” TAXON 14-13 21.04 16 67 12.58 13.09 to 38 18 96 el »_NN HUAN » WNW ON nZnnw un = 24. rea) Pes gees On Of COW + “Un nurs 22 eo DAL ZA 74-5) | 33-10 JS. 4434° W. $16.71 possible. Sunshine. Percent. of Raintall io | Snowfall in inches. snow melted. ae | | | | gon. mao: ++eee. SUNDAY WO ONQH NFwdaA +s ee+rsere SUNDAY So sesid ae SUNDAY 55-3 and includiag this q 1.60 Ashe month, } 22 Years means for ANALYSIS OF WIND RECORD. S.E. 2405 | 442 779 N.E. E. Miles .. Duration in hrs . 38 73 Mean velocityv...-| 15.78 | 14.40 | 11.63 9.98 > 5. 378 29 13-04 S.W. Ww. 5237 266 19,69 11,82 N.W. Greatest mileage in one hour was 40 on the 8rd. Greatest velocity in gusts, 48 miles per hour on the 3rd. Total Average velocity, 15.45 miles per hour. Resultant mileage, 2045, Resultant direction, S. 443 W. mileage, 11,128. * Barometer readings reduced to sea-level and temperature of 32° Fahrenheit. § Observed. t Pressure of vapour in inches of mercary. t Humidity relative, saturation being 100. 115 years only. s Ten years only. The greatest heat was 77.0° on the 19th; the greatest cold was 17.6° on the 4th, giving a range of temperature of 59.4 degrees. Warmest day was the 19th. Coldest day was the Ist. Highest barometer reading was 30.580 on the 8th. Lowest barometer was 29.419 on the , giving 4 range of 1.167 inches. Maximum oes humidity was 99 on the Ist, 3rd, 6th, 17th and 18th, Minimum relative humidity was 30 on the 2ord and 3Uth. Rain fell on 12 days. Snow fell on 6 days. Rain or snow fell on 16 days. Auroras were observed on 2 nights, 23rd & 24th Lunar halo on 1 night, 24th. Hail fell on 17th and 21st. Rainbow on 19th. . Tae ee | My ah ee omy, rete ator = of wat al eee a + ns . €,« , oa Airy ee tte 2 Meni coe Ake ee ae Freres > r > = ir. bo oe ay ae 2 ae a emer te eo ou Bee SS ne Sale? 2 a Se = " Pte ~s , Crt. a @* “J a. i 7 ey es: ey - Snot " — r s a Se ‘ “ = , w) y - F i -_ 5g Sy re ‘ my 7 Z a ope 2 i Bn x = = — * = : 2 => - ; , t a rae q - o> * * - i : . eas ee ee ae ; = i p : ~f =o LB ai To fh Songs OES T+ es digo 4 = . ; ; Bd, aa te A ig : fo ee ¥: 4 pe oS ‘Sede as > ed es ; - < ‘ = a = > _ ear oo, 2 ; to { - “ es oii ee 4 es ov < sass —_ tie Ae Fe: Lo fone EP yt mi a 4 eh ue is 0ae0 bd a, ma \ 4 f ‘ j MI \ Q s Py | AO a t is ‘ 4 : Ss Oe ee ee ee SA sea, BRS OG ABSTRACT FOR THE MONTH OF MAY, 1896. Meteorological Observations, McGill College Observatory, Montreal, Canada. Height above sea level, 187 feet. C. H. McLEOD, Superintendent, SKy CLOUDED f, j THERMOMETER. BAROMETER. +M M WIND. In Tentus [° 5 $ By | fy — aa _—_—— —_— ee ean {Tt Meaa — —_$—_}] —_ -—I-— 4) =e oa ra DAY, pressure frelative] Dew Mean : Ses] Go | Sa | 54 DAY. 7. of vapor.Jhumid-f point. | General |velocit; EI H| ae A] 6.8 ES |‘ae Mean.| Max. | Min. |Range.J Mean. Max. Min. Range. ity. direction. |in miles] 2 =4oag| 3 g-= |mo Ss j/s\/eh 2 = 5 a perhou a a 1] 51.33 | 66.7 | 36.0 | 30.7 J 30.0960 | 30.183 30.021 N.E, 12.75 | 1.7] 10] off ot fina amd can fox 24 55.02 | 68.2 37-1 3.1 30.0135 | 30.082 29.947 S. E, 8.54 2.0} 8| off 79 a oie Rented SUNDAY, .oe00+053 Ashe i 4.5 20.8 Saisieateia au aisiels Foe s 9.54 Saleda 27 obese ace see | Qeee eevee esSUNDAY 4] 60.08 | 70.5 52.9 17.6 29.8277 | 29.872 29.768 Ss. W. 18.13 3-7| 8| of 53 0.0 dese |cOs0% |) 4 5] 53-78 | 65-7 43.5 22.2 29.8742 | 30.104 29.759 Ss. W. 16.92 7-7) 10| 2 66 Inap, sore wjMapell! 15 69 47.83 | 57-9 410 16.9 30.2867 | 30.366 30.204 N.E. 17-75 5.8|10| Off 45 see eevee seen | 6 71 53-78! 64.2 38.8 25.4 30.3177 | 30.408 30.211 Ss. 2.21 3.0| 10; Of 73 Tnap wees |lmap.| 7 gf 62.10| 72.1 53.3 18.8 30.1218 | 39,262 30.005 Siw. 10.54 go}1z0}] 89 23 0.07 vee. | O07) || 8 89 71.37 | 83-5 56.0 27-5 29.8295 | 30.008 | 29.705 S: Ws 23.00 3-0| 5| Of 7 Inap, sees | mape| 9 SUNDAY, ,...+.-10 Senate} Obs, 57-4 31.3 ac onbe a ieee gadesd s. W. 25.17 See ileaeelwers 86 1.22 ow, |ohsd24|SLON. wes espe SUNDAY, 1 62.27 | 74.9 56.3 17-7 29.8055 | 29.901 29.750 N. Squish | One 7s 0.01 sess | OOK | rx 129 57-35 | 68.6 51.0 17.6 29.9675 | 32-046 29.916 N.W. o.0| of of 98 were wierd ouce | x2 13] 53-78 | 63.2 444 18.8 30.1488 | 30-228 30.082 Ss. 0.7| 2] of 98 ater ae. Serre ec} 145 60.42) 70.1 44-5 25 6 29-9678 | 30.076 29.872 Ss ro] 4] of 84 siete we eos | 4 15 61.70 72.4 49-9 22.5 29.117 29.96r 29.886 E- 4-5 | 10} 0 55 0.19 Sats 0.19 | 15 16] 5927] 67.2 52.8 14-4 29.9788 | 30.020 29.961 S.wW. 4.710] of 2 soto ne «es | 16 SUNDAY. ..0500017 | cvese | 79-5 99-7 ZOCB: El anninse nant Sand Ss. W. Me eallicse Bi 69 seus vues |) 19. scene ed OUNDAD 18 62.27; 69.4 54-7 14.7 29.6317 | 29.757 29.493 Ss. W. 5.0] 9, Of 5° 0.05 seve | 0.05 | 28 19 51.85 | 62.0 45-2 16.8 29.9082 | 30.078 29.765 N. W. 4.8 | 10] © 5° 0.02 < 0.02 | 19 20 55-78 65.4 44-2 21.2 30.1927 30.282 30,137 S.W. 1.8 6 ° gr mieten ie esse | 20 at 59.15 | 69.0 47.9 21.1 30.0488 30.205 29.906 SE. 1.2 7| 0° 80 Sete aise eee | 21 a2} 60.75 | 72.8 54-1 18.7 29.9073 | 30.071 29.836 N.W. 6.2 | 10] 3 45 0.09 aie; 0.09 | 22 23 § 53.82 | 61.5 46.6 14.9 30.2907 | 30.338 gO.202 N W. 1.7| 5] Of 97 sieve asa sone |-23 SUNDAY. 00000134 aieaes 69.4 45-0 24.4 Rinie aprece aeinitets fa wiasie Sik, eect Boel or 38 sine dacs Ronee e/ } note cobon Sunpay a5 61.40 | 69.6 50.4 19.2 29.9733 | 30.160 29.763 S.E. 30|10| of 80 Fane . Oecd et 26 62.65] 76.8 5t.r 25-7 29.5752 | 29.659 29.496 S,E- 57\|10| of 45 0.23 0.23 | 26 27 59-13 | 67-5 53-2 34.3 29.8730 | 30.025 29 680 SW. 4.5 [10] 0 74 0.0L G,o1r | 27 28 f 54-73 | 59-9 46.6 13-3 29.8910 | 30.069 29.772 E, 8.0} 10} 9° 16 0.47 0.47 | 28 29 54.62 | 60.8 51.1 9-7 29.7352 | 29-776 29.704 SW 8.8} 10] 39 28 0.37 9.37 | 29 30 53-07; 58.3 48.0 10.3 29.7542 | 29.765 29.736 . S.W. 98]10) 9f 97 Inap. .... |Inap | 30 SUNDAY. ...000631 P ceeee | 64.8 45 8 IQlO) ewes Acie JOE & Ww. Soilless 21 dane Serer] acecenl ia: @asacecar.c SuNDAY Means ..... ..-.-§ 57-66 | 68.39 | 48 29 | 20.10 20.9588 | 30.065 29.866 -9 |S. 334° W- 4.37 | 8.2] 1.0 59-5 | 2-74 coos | 2674 : seseeees SUMS 22 Years means 22 Years means for for and including 54:74 { 64.11 | 45 75 | 18.8 29.9077 stems eee le 26058 2 28B7 Gos 7 0. wcies Bh. \-siaes 2 6.1 «. [Y5t-0 | 2-94 Cire) |prerise jand including this this month ..... month, ANALYSIS OF WIND RECORD. * Barometer readings reduced to sea-level and | on the 7th. Lowest barometer was 29.493 on the temperature of 32° Fahrenheit. 18th, giving a range of -915 inches. Maximum : : relative humidity was 97 on the 2th. Mini- Direction...-...+ N. N.E. E. §.E. Ss. S.W. Ww. N.W. CaLM. § Observed. mum relative humidity was 28 on the Ist. Miles .....-.-++++] 405 1170 315 1098 708 3810 373 705 + Pressure of vapour in inches of mercury. Rain fell on 16 days. Dusshoaia hen. = 87 = aan is ae mE - t Humidity relative, saturation being 100. a aunoram rere observed on 4 nights, 2nd, 16th, see Se a fe a es ee es = | .-——||_-1 Ibiyearsonly.. s Ten years only, an ; Mean velocity-.-.| 13-07 | 13-45 | 6.70 | 9-98 | 9.97 | 14-49 | 7.94 | 9-40 The greatest heat was 88.7° on the 10th; the | Rain fell on the 3rd. Greatest mileage in one hour was 43 on the t Greatest velocity in gusts, 48 miles per hour on e . Resultant mileage, Resultant direction Total mileage, 8.584 Average velocity, 1 2950. , 8. 333° W. 1.54 miles per hour. greatest cold was 36.0° on the lst, giving a range of temperature of 52.7 degrees. Warmest day was the 10th. Coldest day was the Ist. Highest barometer reading was 30.408 Rainbow on the 3rd- Thuades and lightuing on 2 days, the 10th and to. Cg Se a eee oi ar o Yee C aos — M Tull +3) | ¥ . ; By | a ; b NOTICES. : All communications and exchanges should be carefully ldressed to CANADIAN REcorD oF SCIENCE, Natural History jociety, 32 University Street, Montreal. Rejected articles will be returned if desired, and if stamps are closed for that purpose. The editors will not hold themselves he cents per number. Volumes, unbound, may be had as follows: ? : ee Vou. 1.,.4 Nos. . “- - - : - $1.50 See Vors. 11. &II1.,8 Nos. each, - — - 3.00 per vol. Canada and the United States, 5 = $3.00 Great Britain, - - - - - £0 13 0 i ISSUED 24TH JUNB, 1896. = ‘ a ion nie os. eed Sa ws ~~ ‘-; curd <4 TeoaTL i Leas A ql Ny bl a aes VET NUMBER 3. THE CANADIAN : RECORD OF SCIENCE ea INCLUDING THE PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY OF MONTREAL, AND REPLACING | THE CANADIAN NATURALIST. CONTENTS. adian Stromatoporoids. By J. F. Wuirnaves, F.R.S.C .......2....++- 129 1¢ Flora of Montreal Island. By Rosprrr Camppett, D.D., M.A......... 146 © oo crassum. By D. P. Pennatitow, M.Ap.Se., F.R.S.C. ...... 151 Cambrian Fossils especially in Canada. a Sir Witi1amM Dawson, OO SEU USEV ENS (ARGU GEARS MRA SU RSD SCE Ree SOT AR A RR 157 GEorGE AWEON, Dy, ia DRS. Os ie el AAU a Ra! 162 egation in Ores and Mattes. By DHAVip) ER BROWNE eee cee aile ee kno .—Abatement of the Smoke Nuisance.......-..--+- ep eh I ENA RM UH 191 Appleton’s School Physics. By Prors. Mayrr, NrpHer, HOLMAN and Sa NS AR SSR ia ue ae ct Pe a The Birds of Montreal. By Ernest D. WINTLE .... 1.2.2 .000 ceo 196 Ki mh Annual ill of the iN Care Ban Survey of Canada, New Series, Vol. VIL, 1894 . RAS Inte fi ae Natasha LN is Be bab any Pie eae PUA KS MON TREAL: PUBLISHED BY THE NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY.. JONDON, ENGLAND: BOSTON, MASS. : LLINS, 157 Great Portland St. A. A. WATERMAN & Co., 36 Bromfield St. 1896. | ty Joun 8S. SHEARER. Hon. President : i Sir J. Wri11am Dawson, LL.D., F.B.S., F. R. 8.C. President : Rav: RogserRt CAMPBELL, D.D., M.A. Ist Vice-President : JOHN 8S. SHEARER. Vice-Presidents : Dr. WESLEY MILLs. Hon. SENATOR MURPHY. J. STEVENSON pis J. H. R. Monson. GEORGE SUMNER. © Sir Donatp A. SuitH, K.C.M.G. J. H. JosEPH. Hon. Justice WURTELE. Hon. Recording Secretary ; Hon. Corresmolonnn S Cuas. 8. J. PHILLIPS. | Joun W. SrrRuine, M Honorary Curator : f Honorary T as J. B. WiLtiAMs. | FW. RICHARDS. Members of Council : Gro. SumnER, Chairman. id Frank D. Apams, M.A.Sc., Ph.D, =| James GARDNER, ALBERT HOLDEN. JOSEPH FORTIER. Nevit Norton EvVAns. . Hon. J. K. Warb. C. T. WILLIAMS. Pror. JOHN Wise A EpGAR JUDGE. Editing and Exchange Committee: ne FRANK D. Apams, M.A.Sc., Ph.D., Chairman. G. F. Mattuew, St. John, N.B. Rev. R. Camera, D J. T. Wurreaves, Ottawa, Ont. Dr. WeEsLEY MILLs. — B.J. Harrineron, B.A., Ph.D. ,F.G.S. | Nevin Norton I ‘Pror. JoHN Cox. Library Committee : Pay K. T. Coampers, Chairman. Pi J. A. U. Beaupry, C.E. JosEPH FORTIER, — R. W. McLacunan, A. F. WINN. G. KEARLEY. W. DRAKE. J. F. Hausen. Museum Committee : J. B. Witurams, Chairman. A. F. Winn. oN. N. Evans. ue Ka J. F. Hausen. J. Sieben E. D. WINTLE. G. Kd Lecture Committee : ha Rev. Rost. CAMPBELL, D.D., Chairmnble "FON Pror. Joun Cox. Cuas. S. J. PH ims Dr. WeEsLEY MILLs. N, N. N. Evans. EpGaR JUDGE House Committee : _ Jno. 8. SHEARER, Chairman. EpGar JUDGE. | Gxo. SUMNER. W. Drake. Membership Committee: J. Stevenson Brown, Chairman. Ape | JosEPH ae } W. Drake. ~ Superintendent : ALFRED GRIFFIN. THE CANADIAN RECORD OFS Ol NOE, VOL. VII. JULY, 1896. No. 3. CANADIAN STROMATOPOROIDS. By J. F. Wurreaves.1! In Canada, as elsewhere, only the more obvious characters of the Stromatoporoidea were examined by the first students of this difficult group of fossils, and it is probable that some of the earler species proposed will have to be abandoned, as inadequately defined. Of late years, however, these organisms have been studied much more systematically, especially by Professor H. Alleyne Nicholson, of the University of Aberdeen, and the minute structure of the different species has been elucidated and their probable affinities ascertained by means of thin microscopic sections. While engaged in the preparation of his monograph of the British species for the Paleontographical Society, Professor Nicholson kindly examined and either identified or described, specimens of most of the Canadian species of Stromatoporoids that were then represented in the Museum of the Geological Survey at Ottawa, but some additional material has since been received at that Museum, especially an interesting series of specimens 1 Communicated by permission of the Director of the Geological Survey of Canada. 9 130 Canadian Record of Science. from the (Galena) Trenton of Lake Winnipeg and its vicinity, which has yet to be examined. The determina- tions and descriptions of Canadian Stromatoporoids are scattered through many publications that are not always easily accessible, and the present paper, therefore, will consist of a stratigraphical and systematic list, with references, etc., of all the species that have either been recognized or even supposed to have been recognized in Canada, or described from Canadian localities, commencing with those that have been examined micro- scopically. A. SPECIES THAT HAVE BEEN EXAMINED WITH THE MICROSCOPE. (Cambro-Silurian species.) CLATHRODICTYON VARIOLARE, Rosen. (Sp.) Stromatopora variolaris, Von Rosen. 1867. Ueber die Natur der Stromatop., p. 61, pl. 2, figs. 2-5. Clathrodictyon variolare, Nicholson. 1887. Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. 5, vol. XIX., p. 4, pl. 1, figs. 4-6. | es - Nicholson. 1889. Mon. Brit. Stro- matop., pt. 2, p. 150, pl. 18, figs. 1-5, and pl. 17, fig. 14. Specimens which appear to be referable to this species were collected from the Hudson River formation at the Jumpers, Anticosti, by J. Richardson in 1856, and at Cape Smyth, Lake Huron, by Dr. R: Bell in 1859. It is the © species referred to on page 304 of the Geology of Canada as Stromatopora concentrica, which, according to Professor Nicholson, “so far as at present known” (in 1891), “is a purely European species and entirely confined to the Devonian rocks.” 4 - otis Canadian Stromatoporords. 131 LABECHIA CANADENSIS, Nicholson and Murie. (Sp.) Stromatocervum Canadense, Nicholson and Murie. 1878. Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool., vol. SV pee ao, gl. | oF lies. 2 and 10. Labechia Canadensis, Nicholson. 1886. Mon. Brit. Stromatop.; pt. 1, pl. 2, figs. 3-5: and Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. 5, vol. XVIIL, pl. 14, pl. 2, fig. 5. ! e Nicholson, 1891. Mon. Brit. Stroma- top., pt. 3, p. 163, pl. 20, fig. 9. In Canada, so far as the writer is aware, this species has only been found in the Trenton limestone at Peterborough and Lake Couchiching, Ontario. At present it is not represented in the Museum of the Geological Survey at Ottawa. LABECHIA HURONENSIS, Billings. (Sp.) Stenopora Huronensis, Billings. 1865. Geol. Surv. Canada, Pal. Foss., vol. L-, p. 185. Tetradium Huronense, Foord (partim). 1885. Contr. Micro- Paleont. Silur. rocks of Canada, pl. 7, figs. 1 and la, but not figs. 1, b-e. Labechia Ohroensis, Nicholson. 1886. Mon. Brit. Stroma- top., pt. 1, p. 32, foot-note, pl. 2, figs. 1 and 2: and Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. 5, vol. XVIII., p. 13, pl. 2, figs. 1 and 2. Labechia montifera, Ulrich. 1886. Contr. Amer. Paleeont., vok. I \p,"33, pl. 2 fies. 9 and: 9a, The types of Stenopora Huwronensis are from the Hudson River formation at Cape Smyth, Lake Huron, where several fine specimens were collected by Dr. R. Bell in 1859, and not by Mr. A. H. Foord as supposed by Professor Nicholson. Mr. L. M. Lambe, who has recently studied these specimens somewhat exhaustively, is convinced that 132 Canadian Record of Scrence. Labechia Ohioensis, Nicholson, is identical with Stenopora Huronensis, and that the species ought to be called Labechia Huronensis. Most of the specimens of this coral from Cape Smyth are large and some of them are massive, but one encrusts a colony of Tetradiwm fibratum and another nearly covers a shell of Cyrtoceras Postumius. Ot the six specimens figured by Foord under the name Tetradium Huronense (op. cit. pl. 7), _Mr. Lambe finds that while fig. 1 represents a portion of a specimen of Labechia Huronensis encrusting Tetradiwm fibratwm, and fiz. la a portion of a massive specimen of L. Huronensis, that figs. 1, b-e are sections of Tetradiuwm fibratum, Safford. A few specimens of L. Huwronensis were collected from the Hudson River formation at Club Island, Lake Huron, by Dr. R. Bell in 1865, and from rocks of the same geological horizon on the Credit River at Streetsville, by Mr. J. B. Tyrrell in 1888. 2 BEATRICEA NODULOSA, Billings. Beatricea nodulosa, Billings. 1857. Geol. Surv. Canada, Rep. Progr. 1855-56, p. 344. < : Hyatt. 1865. Am. Journ. Se., vol. XXXIX., p. 266. é ef Nicholson. 1886. Mon. Brit. Stroma- top., pt. 1, pp. 86, 88 and 89, pl. 8, figs. 1-8. | | In his “ Catalogues of the Silurian fossils of the Island of Anticosti,” Mr. Billings says that this species was collected by Mr. James Richardson in 1855, from the Hudson River formation at Wreck Point, Salmon River, and Battery Point, Anticosti, and from Division 1 of the Anticosti group at Macastey Bay. Specimens of the same Species in the Museum of the Geological Survey at Ottawa are labelled as having been collected by Mr. T. C. Weston, in 1865, from the same formation at and near the West end lighthouse, at English Head, and at Gamache (or I hh RE ee A ei eh Pg Ther $ ; % ‘ 1 Canadian Stromatoporoids. 133 Ellis) Bay, Anticosti. Professor A. Hyatt, who has eollected many specimens of &. nodulosa at various - localities on the same island, says that the size of the species, “as nearly as could be inferred from fragments, is not over four feet long, by from three to five inches in diameter at the larger end.” To the naked eye some of the specimens look as if they were encrusted by a parasitic species of Labechia. A silicified specimen which appears to be referable to this species, though its internal structure is almost obliterated, was collected by Mr. Weston in 1884 from the upper beds of the Hudson River formation at Stony Mountain, Manitoba. BEATRICEA UNDULATA, Billings. Beatricea undulata, Billings. 1857. Geol. Surv. Canada, Rep. Progr. 1853-56, p. 344. . s Hyatt. 1865. Amer. Journ. Sce., vol. XXXIX., p. 266. , : - Billings. 1865. Can. Nat. and Geol., ser. 2, vol. IL., p. 405, fig. 1. - 7 Nicholson. 1886: Mon. Brit. Stroma- top., pt. 1, pp. 86 and 89. Numerous specimens of this remarkable fossil were collected from the Hudson River formation and from Divisions 1 and 2 of the Anticosti group, at several localities on the island of Anticosti, by Mr. J. Richardson in 1856, by Messrs. Verrill, Shaler and Hyatt in 1861, and by Mr. Weston in 1865. Characteristic examples of L. wndulata have since been collected from the Hudson River formation at Snake Island, Lake St. John, P.Q., by Mr. Richardson in 1857 ; at Rabbit and Club islands, Lake Huron, by Dr. R. Bell in 1859; and in the “ Upper beds” at Stony Mountain, Manitoba, by T. C. Weston, and A. McCharles in 1884. A specimen in the Museum of the Geological Survey at Ottawa, collected by Mr. Richardson 154 Canadian Record of Science. at Gamache Bay, Anticosti, which is imperfect at both ends, is ten feet five inches in length, as stated by Mr. Billings, and a similarly imperfect specimen collected by Messrs. Verrill, Shaler and Hyatt, is said to be thirteen feet and a half in length. Professor Hyatt is of the opinion that the length of an entire and adult specimen of this species was “ certainly not less than twenty feet.” (Silurian spectes. ) ACTINOSTROMA MATUTINUM, Nicholson. Actinostroma matutinwm, Nicholson. 1891. Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. 6, vol. VIL., p- 322, pl. 9, figs. 1 and 2. L’Anse au Gascon, five miles and a half east of Port Daniel, in the Baie des Chaleurs, Dr. R. Bell, 1862: one specimen, from Division 1 of the Chaleur group, which is supposed to be “about the horizon of the Niagara lme- stone.” The Stromatopora concentrica of the list of Port Daniel fossils on page 444 of the Geology of Canada is almost certainly this species. CLATHRODICTYON VESICULOSUM, Nicholson and Murie. Clathrodictyon vesiculosum, Nicholson and Maurie. 1878. : Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool., vol. 3 _XIV., p. 220, pl. 2, figs. 11-13. ‘f ‘ Nicholson and R. Etheridge, jun., 1880. Mon. Silur, Foss. Girvan, p. 238, pl. 19, fig) 2. ‘ i Nicholson, 1887. Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. 5, vol; Xi ia: 1, pl 1, figs. 1-3: 1839) Mom: Brit. Stromatop., pt. 2, p. 147, pl. 17, figs. 10-13, and pl. 18, fig. 12. Specimens which have been recently identified with this species were collected from the Niagara limestone at Canadian Stromatoporoids. 135 Lake Temiscaming by Sir W. E. Logan in 1845, at Thorold, Ontario, by E. Billings in 1857, and in the Anticosti group at Junction Chiff and the west side of Gamache or Ellis Bay, Anticosti, by T. C. Weston in 1865. It appears to be very abundant at Lake Temis- caming, where specimens were recently collected by Dr. R. Bell in 1887, and by Mr. A. E. Barlow in 1893 and 1894. CLATHRODICTYON FASTIGIATUM, Nicholson. Clathrodictyon fastiguatum, Nicholson. 1886. Mon. Brit. Stro- matop., pt. 1. p. 43, figs. 3, a-b: and, 1887, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. 5, vol. XEX., p.8, pl. 2, figs. 5 and 4: also, 1888, Mon. Brit. Stromatop., pt, 2, p. 152, pl. 19, figs. 1-5 In the Guelph formation at Glenelg Township, six miles from Durham, where a few specimens were collected by Mr. Townsend in 1884. CLATHRODICTYON OSTIOLATUM, Nicholson. Stromatopora ostiolata, Nicholson. 1873. Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist... ser. 4, vol. XII, p: 90; pl..5 figs. 1 and la: 1874, Rep. Pal. Prov. Ont., pl. 1, figs. 1 and la- 1875, Rep. Pal. Prov.>Ont:, p: 63:: and,? 1873; Journ. Linn., Soc. Zool., vol. XIV., pl. 2, figs. 1 and 2. Clathrodictyon (Stromatopora) ostiolata, Nicholson. 1886. Mon. Brit. Stromatop., pt. 1, p. 14. Be ipediotyon ostiolatum, Nicholson. 1887. Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., ser..5, vol. XEX., p, 11; pl. 3, figs. 1-3. The type of this species was collected at Guelph, in the Guelph formation, by Mr. John Wilkie, not later than the year 1873, and specimens have since been obtained at 136 Canadian Record of Science. Elora by Mr. David Boyle in 1880, and at Durham by Mr. Joseph Townsend in 1884. STROMATOPORA ANTIQUA, Nicholson and Maurie. Pachystroma antigua, Nicholson and Murie. 1878. Journ. Linn. Soe., Zool., vol. XIV., p. 224, pl. 4, figs. 2-5. Stromatopora antigua, Nicholson. 1886. Mon. Brit. Stroma- top., pt. 1, p. 17, pl. 5, figs. 8-11. The types of this species were collected by Professor Nicholson from the Niagara limestone at Thorold, and there is a single specimen in the Museum of the Geological Survey at Ottawa, which was collected from the Guelph formation at Durham, by Mr. Townsend in 1884. STROMATOPORA GALTENSIS, Dawson. (Sp.) Cenostroma Galtense, Dawson. 1875. Life’s Dawn on the Earth, p. 160: and, 1879, Quart. Journ. Geol. Soe. Lond., vol. XXXYV., p. 52. Stromatopora Galtensis, Nicholson. 1891. Mon. Brit. Stro- matop., pt. 3, p. 173. Hespeler, T. C. Weston, 1867: one specimen. Professor Nicholson, who has examined a portion of this specimen, says (op. cit.) that its minute structure “is practically destroyed by dolomitization, but all its general characters would lead to the belief that it is very closely related to Stromatopora typica, Rosen, and is probably identical with it.” He further states that Canostroma constellatum of Spencer, from the Niagara limestone near Hamilton, does not appear to be in any way distinguishable as regards its general characters from C. Galtense, Dawson, and that he is “strongly disposed to think that it is really identical with S. typica, Rosen. If the above view should prove to be correct, then Cenostroma Galtense, Dawson, and C. Canadian Stromatoporords. 137 constellatum, Spencer, must be considered as synonyms of S. typica, Rosen.” It remains to be seen whether Spencer’s C. constellatwm is the same as Hall’s Stromatopora constellata (Pal. N. York, vol. II., 1852, p. 324, pl. 72, figs. 2, a-b), which latter species has not been examined microscopically. STROMATOPORA CONSTELLATA, Spencer. (Sp.) Cenostroma constellata, Spencer. 1884. Bull. Mus. Univ. St. Missouri, vol. I., No. 1, p. 48, pl. 6, Aig. JE “Near the top of the Niagara series, at Carpenter’s lime- kiln, two miles and a half south of Hamilton, where it ts abundantly found associated with Caenostroma botryot- dewm.” Spencer. See the remarks on the preceding species. STROMATOPORA Hupsonica, Dawson. (Sp.) Caunopora Hudsonica, Dawson. 1879. Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc. Lond., vol. XX XV., p. 52, pl. 4, fig. 9, and pl. 5, fig. 10. Stromatopora Hudsonica, Nicholson. 1891. Mon. Brit. Stro- matop., pt. 3, p. 172: and Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. 6, vol. VIL, p. 312, pl. 8, figs. 1-3. The type of this species was collected by Dr. R. Bell in 1878 on the Albany River, Hudson’s Bay, in rocks which are said to be of Upper Silurian age, though upon what evidence is not stated. Another specimen, which has since been identified with S. Hudsonica, was obtained by Dr. R. Bell in 1878 at Cape Churchill. STROMATOPORA CARTERI, Nicholson. » Stromatopora Carteri, Nicholson. 1891. Mon. Brit. Stro- matop., pt. 3, p. 174, pl. 1, figs. 6-7 : and Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. 6, vol. VIL:,-p. 314, pl. 9, figs. 5 and 6. 138 Canadian Record of Science. “The only Canadian example I have seen is from a loose boulder of Silurian age, from Hayes River, Hudson’s Bay,” collected by Dr. R. Bell in 1878. Nicholson, on page 315 of the paper in the Annals and Magazine of Natural History indicated in the preceding reference. SYRINGOSTROMA RISTIGOUCHENSE, Spencer. (Sp.) Cenostroma Ristigouchense, Spencer. 1884. Bull. Mus. Univ. Missouri, vol. I, No. 1, p. 49, pl. 6, fig. 12. Syringostroma Ristigouchense, Nicholson. 1886. Mon. Brit. Stromatop., pt. 1, p.97, pl 11, figs. 11 and 12: and, 1891, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. 6, vol. VIL, p. 324, pl. 8, figs. 6-8. In rocks believed to be of the age of the Lower Helder- ‘berg limestone of the State of New York, at Dalhousie, N.B., where specimens were collected by Sir J. W. Dawson and A. H. Foord in 1881. (Devonian species.) ACTINOSTROMA EXPANSUM, Hall and Whitfield. (Sp.) Stromatopora expansa, Hall and Whitfield. 1873. Twenty- third Reg. Rep. N. Y. St. Cab. Nat. Hist., p..226, pl. 9, fig. 9. Actinostroma expansum, Nicholson. 1891. Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. 6, vol. VIL, p. 316, pl. 10, figs. 1 and 2. Lake Winnipegosis, in limestone holding Stringocephalus Burtini,at a smallisland on the south-east side of Dawson Bay, where two specimens were collected by Mr. J. B. Tyrrell in 1889. Canadian Stromatoporoids. 139 ACTINOSTROMA TYRRELLII, Nicholson. Actinostroma Tyrrelliit, Nicholson. 1891. Ann. and Mag. . Nat. Hist., ser. 6, vol. VIL, p. 317, pl. 8, figs. 4 and 5. Apparently not uncommon and in fine condition in the Stringocephalus limestone at five different localities on the shore and islands of the southern portion of Dawson Bay, Lake Winnipegosis, where specimens were collected by J. B. Tyrrell and D. B. Dowling in 1889. ACTINOSTROMA WHITEAVESI, Nicholson. Actinostroma Whiteavesii, Nicholson. 1891. Ann. and Mag. ; Nat: Hist: ‘ser. 6,. vol. VIE p. 320, fie. 2, amd. pl” 9... ties, 3 and 4. Peace River, near the mouth of Little Red River, Professor Macoun, 1875 : two specimens. ACTINOSTROMA FENESTRATUM, Nicholson. Actinostroma fenestratwm, Nicholson. 1889. Mon. Brit. Stro- “matop., pt. 2, p. 146, pl. 17, figs. 8 and 9: and, 1891, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. 6, vol. VIL, p. 322, pl. 10, figs. 3 and 4. North-west shore of Lake Manitoba, at Pentamerus Point, three miles and a half north of the mouth of Crane River, J. B. Tyrrell and J. F. Whiteaves, 1888; several specimens. Lake Winnipegosis, on two small islands at the southern end of Dawson Bay; also on the south- western shore of Dawson Bay a little to the west of Salt Point, and at the south end of Rowan Island, in the western portion of the bay, J. B. Tyrrell, 1889: one specimen from each of these localities. “1 ae ‘ 140 Canadian Record of Science. (CLATHRODICTYON CELLULOSUM, Nicholson and Murie. Clathrodictyon celluloswm, Nicholson and Murie. 1878. Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool., vol. XIV., p. 221, pl. 2, figs. 9 and 10.. Nichol- son, 1887. Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. 5, vol. XIX., p. 11, pl. 2, figs. 7 and 8. “ Not uncommon in the Corniferous Limestone (Devon- ian) of Port Colborne and other localities in Western Canada.” Nicholson. CLATHRODICTYON LAXUM, Nicholson. Clathrodictyon laxum, Nicholson. 1887. Ann. and Mag. Nat. m Hist., ser.5, vol.: X1X:, pz pis figs. 4 and 5. “Corniferous limestone, Port Colborne, Ontario,” Nicholson. A fine specimen in the Museum. of the Geological Survey at Ottawa, which was identified with this species by Professor Nicholson, was collected from — the Corniferous limestone at Pelee Island, Ont., by the Rev. W. Minter Seaborn in 1884. CLATHRODICTYON RETIFORME, Nicholson and Murie. (Sp.) Stylodictyon retiforme, Nicholson and Murie. 1878. Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool., vol. XIV., p. 222, pl. 2, fig. 14, and pl. 3, figs. 1-3. Clathrodictyon retiforme, Nicholson. 1887. Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. 5, vol. XTX., p. 13, pl. 3, figs. 6-8. “Rare in the Hamilton formation (Devonian) at Arkona, Ontario,’ where it was discovered by Dr. G. J. Hinde. Nicholson. Canadian Stromatoporoids. 141 STROMATOPORA. (Sp.) “Cir. S. biicheliensis, Bargatzky, sp.” Nicholson. 1891. Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. 6, vol. VIL., p- 313. According to Professor Nicholson (op. cit.) two speci- mens collected by Mr. Tyrrell in 1889 from the Stringocephalus limestone of two small islands in Dawson Bay, Lake Winnipegosis, “have the general aspect of Stromatopora bucheliensis, Barg. sp., and are probably referable to this species. Unfortunately the specimens in question are dolomitized, and their internal structure is so far altered that this reference cannot be regarded as free from doubt.” STROMATOPORA. Sp. “ Ofr. Stromatopora Hupschii, Barg., sp.” Nicholson. 1891. Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. 6, vol. VIL, p. 314. Lake Winnipegosis, at the south end of Snake Island (one specimen), and on a small island on the south-east side of Dawson Bay (one specimen); J. B. Tyrrell, 1889. In reference to these two specimens Professor Nicholson observes (op. cit., p. 314) that they “belong to a species of Stromatopora in many respects similar to S. Hiipschii, Barg. Structurally they agree with the latter common European and British type, and differ from S. Luchelvensis, Barg., in their coarse skeleton fibre, the lax reticulation of the skeleton, and the loose spreading form of the astrorhize. The internal structure of these specimens is, however, very poorly preserved, and it would be rash to refer them unreservedly to S. Hiipschir.” STROMATOPORELLA GRANULATA, Nicholson. Stromatoporella ss dis Nicholson. 1873. Ann. and Mag. Nat:; Hist.,-ser.-4 vol. XIT,, p. 94, pl. As figs. 3 and 3a: a 142 Cunadian Record of Science. 1886, Mon. Brit. Stromatop., pt. 1, pp. 93, 94, pl. 1, figs. 4, 5 and 15, pl. 4, fig. 6, and pl. 7, figs. 5 and 6: also, 1891, Ibid., pt. 3, p. 202, pl. 26, fig. 1. Hamilton formation at Arkona and near Thedford, Ontario. According to Professor Nicholson (Mon. Brit. Stromatop., p. 203), this species has been found only in the Hamilton formation and S. Selwynii in the Corni- ferous. } STROMATOPORELLA SELWYNII, Nicholson. Stromatoporella Selwynit, Nicholson. 1892. Mon. Brit. Stro- matop., pt. 4, p. 205, pl. 1, fig. 14, and pl. 26, figs. 2-4. “Not uncommon in the Corniferous limestone of Port Colborne, Ontario.” Nicholson, op. eit., p. 205. STROMATOPORELLA INCRUSTANS, Hall and Whitfield. (Sp.) Stromatopora (Cenostroma) inerustans, Hall and Whitfield. 1873. Twenty-third Rep. Reg. N.Y... St: Cab; Nat. Hist 227; pl. 9; fig, 3: Stromatopora nulliporoides, Nicholson. 1875, Rep. Pal. Prov. Onty a. 78; Stromatoporella incrustans, Nicholson. 1891. Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. 6, vol. VIL, pp. 309 and 310, footnote. “ Hamilton formation at Arkona, and Corniferous lime- stone, at Port Colborne, Ontario.” Nicholson. It is also abundant in the neighborhood of Thedford, Ontario, in the Hamilton formation. STROMATOPORELLA (?) TUBERCULATA, Nicholson. Stromatopora tuberculata, Nicholson. 1873. Ann. and Mag. Nat; Hist., ser: 4° voli 72iae p. 92, pl. 4, figs. 2° and 2a: Canadian Stromatoporoids. 143 1874, Ibid., ser. 4, vol. XIIL, p. 8, figs. 1, a-c: Rep. Pal. Prov. Ont., p. 14, pl. 1, figs. 2 and 3, and figs. 2, a-c, on p. 15: and, 1887, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. 5, vol. XTX., p. 15,' pl.3, figs. 9-11. Common in the Corniferous limestone at Ridgeway and Port Colborne. Nicholson. B. SPECIES OF DOUBTFUL AFFINITIES, THAT HAVE NOT YET BEEN EXAMINED WITH THE MICROSCOPE. (Cambro-Silurian species.) STROMATOCERIUM RUGOSUM, Hall. Stromatoceriwm rugosum, Hall. 1847. Pal. N. York, vol. L., p. 48, pl. 12, figs. 2, 2, a-0. Stromatopora rugosa, Billings. 1873. Geol. Canada, p. 140, fig. 72. According to Professor Hall, “this coral, so far as known, is confined to the Black-river limestone, and to the dark layers alternating with the Bird’s-eye limestone.” (op. cit., p. 48). In the Province of Quebec, specimens of this species were collected at Lake St. John, two miles west of the Metabechouan River by Mr. James Richardson in 1857. In Ontario, specimens were collected at Paquette’s Rapids, on the Ottawa River, by Sir W. E. Logan in 1845 ; at Balsam Lake, Victoria Co., by Mr. Alexander Murray in 1853; and on Lot 13, Con. 4, of Stafford, by Mr. Richard- son in 1853. In the “Geology of Canada” for 1863 the species is recorded as occurring on the Moira River, Hastings Co.;in the township of Douro, near Peterborough ; and on Lacloche Island, Lake Huron. The specimens are usually silicified and their minute structure seems to be obliterated. At Paquette’s Rapids there are two 144 Canadian Record of Science. forms (the one with a massive and the other with an encrusting czenosteum), both of which have been identified with this species by J. W. Salter and E. Billings. The encrusting form, which often almost entirely covers the exterior of shells of dZaclurea Logani, has somewhat the appearance of a Labechia. (Silurian species. ) STROMATOPORA HINDEI, Nicholson. Stromatopora Hindei, Nicholson. 1874. Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. 4, vol. XTIL, p. 12, and p. 13, figs. 3, a-c. :also Rep. Pal. Prov. Ontario, p. 13, figs. 1, a-e. “Common in’a magnesian TeveRons 7 the age of the Niagara limestone (Upper Silurian), at Owen Sound, Ontario. Collected by Mr. G. J. Hinde” Nicholson. This species must be abandoned, as, in a letter recently received by the writer, Professor Nicholson says that “it was founded on a weathered Candtes perforated by some boring organism.” STROMATOPORA STRIATELLA, Nicholson. Lend Stromatopora striatella (D’Orbigny), Nicholson. 1875. Rep. Pal. Prov. Ont., p. 49. “Common in the Niagara Limestone of Thorold. Rare at Rockwood.” Nicholson. This identification, however, is not confirmed, as the occurrence of S. striatella, D’Orbigny (which is now known to be a Clathrodictyon) at these localities, is omitted by Professor Nicholson in his most recent references to that species. CAUNOPORA WALKERI, Spencer. Caunopora Walkeri, Spencer, 1884. Bull. Mus. Univ. St. Missouri, vol. I., No. 1, p. 46, pl. 6, figs. 9 and 9a. | Lower beds of the Niagara formation at Hamilton, Canadian Stromatoporords. 145 Ontario. “In the specimens that I have seen, the original matter is all silicified” Spencer. CAUNOPORA MIRABILIS, Spencer. Caunopora mirabilis, Spencer. 1884. Bull. Mus. Univ. St. Missouri, vol. I., no. 1, p. 47, pl. 6, figs. 10, 10, a-b. _ “Only one specimen has been obtained from the Niagara formation at Hamilton, so far as [ am aware.” Spencer. CANOSTROMA BOTRYOIDEUM, S encer. p Cienostr oma botryoideum, Spencer. 1884. Bull. Mus. Univ. St. Missouri, vol. I., no. 1, D 50, pl. 6, fies. 13, 13, a-d. Abundant “in the Upper Niagara beds at Carpenter’s limekilns, about two and a half miles south of Hamilton, Ontario.” Spencer. DICTYOSTROMA RETICULATUM, Spencer. Dictyostroma reticulatum, Spencer. 1884. Bull. Mus. Univ. St. Missouri, vol. I., no. 1, p. 51, pl. 6, figs. 14 and 14a. “Tt occurs in the cherty beds of the Niagara formation at Hamilton, Ontario.” Spencer. (Devonian species.) STROMATOPORA PERFORATA, Nicholson. Stromatopora perforata, Nicholson. 1874. Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. 4,-vol. XIIT., p. 11, and p. 12, figs. 2, a-c ; also Rep. Pal. Be Ont., p. 15, and p. 16, figs. 3, a-e. “Rare in the Corniferous limestone of Port Colborne,” Ontario. Nicholson. 10 146 Canadian Record of Science. STROMATOPORA MAMILLATA, Nicholson. Stromatopora mammillata, Nicholson. 1873. Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., ‘ser. 4, velo sie p. 94, pl. 4, fig. 4: and, 1874, tep. Pal. Prov. :Ont:, p. ivjpns fig. 4, “Rare, in a silicified condition, in the Corniferous limestone of Port Colborne.” Nicholson. THE FLoRA oF MontrREAL ISLAND. By Ropert Campseti, D.D., M.A. ° (Continued from Vol. VI., Number 7, p. 405.) 7 The season of 1896 was well fitted to bring into prominent notice the plant life, scattered over the Island of Montreal. Vegetation was very rank, owing to the abundance and frequency of the rainfall. Even those forms of life that usually escape observation and have to be searched for, came forth out of their obscurity and were more easily found than in ordinary years. This will account for the fact that the appended list of the new captures made by the writer during the season just closed is so large, and contains so many varieties that had hitherto not obtruded themselves on his attention. It is especially interesting to note how many of the species in the Holmes Herbarium are here duplicated, showing that they have survived all the changes and chances of seventy- five years. ‘ RANUNCULUS FLAMMULA, L., var. REPTANS, E. Meyer. —(Smaler Spearwort)—In pasture field at St. Michel— August, 1896—(Reported by Dr. Holmes from St. Helen’s Island.) VIOLA PUBESCENS, Ait. var: SCABRIUSCULA, Torr & Gray—( Downy yellow violet)—Bagg’s Woods—September, 1896. | Flora of Montreal Island. 147 HYPERICUM MACULATUM, Watt.—(Spotted St. John’s Wort)—Bage’s Woods—August, 1896. GERANIUM MACULATUM, L.—(Wild Crane’s bill)—West- mount—June, 1896. ILEX VERTICILLATA, Gray.—(Black Alder. Winter berry) Mountain Swamp and St. Michel—June, 1896. RHAMNUS ALNIFOLIA, L’Her.—(Buckthorn)—St. Michel, June, 1896—(Reported by Dr. Holmes from same district.) Mepicaco sativa, L.—(Lucerne. Alfalfa)—Near cot- tage at north-west corner of Mount Royal Cemetery. SPIRHA TOMENTOSA, L.—(Hardhack. Steeplebush)— Montreal Junction—June, 1896—(Reported by Dr. Holmes from Papineau Woods.) POTENTILLA ARGENTEA, L.—(Silvery Cinque-foil)—Mont- real Junction—June, 1896. CHRYSOPLENIUM AMERICANUM, Schwein.—(Golden Saxi- frage)—Mountain Marsh and Back River—May, 1896— (Reported by Dr. Holmes from Mountain.) MyYRIoPHYLLUM spicATUuM, L.—(Water milfoil)—St. Lawrence River—Point St. Charles—September, 1896. CALLITRICHE HETEROPHYLLA, Pursh.—(Water starwort) —Back River Swamp—September, 1896. LONICERA GLAUCA, Hill.—(Honeysuckle)—Mountain Park, near Keeper’s Lodge—June, 1896—(Reported by Dr. Holmes from Mountain as LZ. parviflora. SOLIDAGO ULMIFOLIA, Muhl.—(Golden-Rod)—St. Michel —September, 1896. SOLIDAGO CANADENSIS, L., var. ScABRA—(Golden-Rod) —Mount Royal—August, 1896. ASTER PATULUS, Lam.—(Aster)—Mount Royal, below high reservoir—August, 1896. ASTER SALICIFOLIUS, Ait.—(Aster)—Mount Royal Park —September, 1896. ASTER DuMosus, L—(Aster)—Point St. Charles, and foot of Mount Royal—September, 1896. 148 Canadian Record of Scrence. ASTER JUNCEUS, Ait.—(Aster)—St. Michel—Septem- ber, 1896. ASTER LONGIFOLIUS, Lam.—(Aster)—Bage’s Woods— September, 1896. ASTER TARDIFLORUS, L.—(Aster)—Point St. Charles— August, 1896. ASTER DiFFUSUS, Ait.—(Aster)—Bage’s Woods and St. Michel—August, 1896—(Holmes names it divergens.) ASTER DIFFUSUS, Ait., var. THYRSOIDEUS, Gray—St. Michel—September, 1896. ASTER DIFFUSUS, Ait., var. HIRSUTICAULIS, Gray—Point St. Charles—September, 1896. HELIANTHUS ANNUUS, L.—(Common Sunflower)—Point St. Charles. ACTINOMERIS SQUARROSA, Nutt.—St. Michel—August, 1896—Now first reported from the district. BIDENS CONNATA, Muhl. var. comosa, Gray—(Swamp Beggar-Ticks)—September, 1896. LAMPSANA COMMUNIS, L.—(Nipple-Wort)—Montreal Junction and St. Michel—June and August, 1896. HIERACIUM PANICULATUM, L.—(Hawkweed)—St. Michel —September, 1896—(Reported by Dr. Holmes from Papineau Woods.) PRENANTHIES ASPERA, Michx.—(Rattlesnake- bse as Michel—September, 1896. STEIRONEMA CILIATUM, Raf.—(Loose Strife)—St. Michel —August, 1896—(Called Lysimachia ciliata by Dr. Holmes.) ASCLEPIAS INCARNATA, L.—(Swamp* Milkweed)—West- mount—J une, 1896—(Reported from Recollet suburbs in 1821 by Dr. Holmes.) EPIPHEGUS VIRGINIANA, Bart.—(Beech drops, Cancer- root)—Mount Royal and St. Michel—September, 1896— (Reported by Dr. Holmes from Papineau Woods as Orobanche Virginiana.) Hlora of Montreal Island. 149 Lycopus sinuatus, Ell—(Water Horehound)—ASt. Michel—September, 1896. POLYGONUM ORIENTALE, L.—(Prince’s Feather)—Point St. Charles—September, 1896. EUPHORBIA MACULATA, L —September, 1896. CARPINUS CAROLINIANA, Watter.—(American Hornbeam. Blue Beech)—Canadian Pacific Railway ground, West- mount—August, 1896—(Reported by Dr. Holmes as C. Americana. ) QUERCUS BICOLOR, Willd—(Swamp White Ash)—St. Michel—Augeust, 1896. CERATOPHYLLUM DEMERSUM, L.—(Hornwort) — Pond near Back River—September, 1896. ELODEA CANADENSIS, Michx.—(Waterweed)—River St. Pierre—June, 1896. VALLISNERIA SPIRALIS, L.—(Tape-grass, EKel-grass)—ASt. Lawrence, near mouth of St. Pierre River—(Reported by Dr. Holmes.) Microstytis Monopuy.uos, Lindl.—(Adder’s Mouth)— Little Mountain—June, 1896. MICROSTYLIS OPHIOGLOSSOIDES, Nutt. aise s Mouth) St. Michel—August, 1896. CORALLORHIZA INNATA, R. Brown.—(Coral-Root)— Michel—September, 1896—(Reported by Dr. Holmes from Papineau Woods as Cymbidium corallorhizwm.) HABENARIA PSYCODES, Gray.—(Purple Fringed Orchis) —Mountain Swamp—July, 1896—(Reported -by Dr. Holmes as Orchis jimbriata.) PONTEDERIA CORDATA, L.—(Pickerel Weed)—St. Law- ‘rence River bank above Point St. Charles—(Reported by Dr. Holmes from River St. Pierre.) JUNCUS EFFUSUS, L.—(Common or Soft Rush)—Bank of St. Lawrence, Point St. Charles—Aucust, 1896. SPIRODELA POLYRRHIZA, Schleid.—(Duck Weed)—River St. Lawrence, near mouth of St. Pierre River—August, —Point St. Charles 150 Canadian Record of Science. 1896—(Reported as common by Dr. Holmes by the name of Lemna polyrrhiza, L.) LEMNA MINOR, L.—(Duck Weed, Duck’s Meat)—Ditch St. Michel and River St. Pierre—August, 1896. SAGITTARIA VARIABILIS, Engelm, var. ANGUSTIFOLIA— (Arrowhead)—Bank of St. Lawrence, above Point St. Charles—August, .1896—(Given by Dr. Holmes as S. gracilis. ) POTAMOGETON FLUITANS, Tuckerm.—(Pond Weed)— River St. Lawrence, Point St. Charles—September, 1896 —(Reported by Dr. Holmes.) POTAMOGETON HETEROPHYLLUS, Schreb.—(Pond Weed)— River St. Lawrence, Point St. Charles—September, 1896. POTAMOGETON PERFOLIATUS, L.—(Pond Weed)—River St. Lawrence, Point St. Charles—August, 1896—(Reported by Dr. Holmes from River St. Pierre.) POTAMOGETON PERFOLIATUS, L., var. LANCEOLATUS, Robbins.—-(Pond Weed)—Point St. Charles—September, 1896. POTAMOGETON ZOSTERAFOLIUS, Schum.—(Pond Weed)— River St. Lawrence, Point St. Charles—September, 1896. POTAMOGETON MUCRONATUS, Schrad.—(Pond Weed)— River St. Lawrence, Point St. Charles—September, 1896. POTAMOGETON PUSILLUS, L.—(Pond Weed)—Point St. Charles—September, 1896. CHARA FLEXILIS, L.—(Feather Beds)—Pond near Back tiver—September, 1896. EQUISETUM SYLVATICUM, L.—(Horse-tail)—St. Michel— August, 1896. EQUISETUM PALUSTRE, L.—(Horse-tail)—Lachine—J une, 1896—(Reported by Dr. Holmes.) ASPIDIUM SPINULOSUM, Swartz.—(Shield Fern. Wood Fern)—Bage’s. Woods—Aueust, 1896. ASPIDIUM SPINULOSUM, Swartz, var. INTERMEDIUM, D. C. Katon—(Shield Fern)—Bage’s Woods—September, 1896. DD * Nematophyton crasswm. 151 Aspipium Boort, Tuckerm—(Shield Fern)—St. Michel —August, 1896—( Reported by Dr. Holmes as A. eristatwm.) ASPIDIUM GOLDIANUM, Hook.—(Shield Fern)—Bage’s Woods—August, 1896—(Reported by Dr. Holmes from Mount Royal.) ASPIDIUM ACROSTICHOIDES, Swartz.—(Christmas Fern) —Bage’s Woods—August, 1896—(Reported by Dr. Holmes from Mount Royal.) DICKSONIA PILOSIUSCULA, Wiulld.—(Dicksonia)—Bage’s Woods—August, 1896. NEMATOPHYTON CRASSUM. By D. P. PENHALLow. Since my last summary of the genus Nematophyton, in which eight species were enunierated,’ additional material has been received, which, on the basis of more ample and more perfectly preserved specimens, serves to extend and confirm our previous knowledge of certain species. The specimen now under consideration was received from Mr. F. K. Mixer, of the Buffalo Society of Natural Sciences, who reports that it was obtained from the upper part of the water-lme group (Lower Helderberg) of the Upper Silurian. . Heretofore the occurrence of this genus, at so low a horizon, has been confined to N. Hicksu, N. Logani and, more recently, N. Storriei, all of which have been from European localities, while N. Logani has also been found sparingly and in fragmentary specimens at Cap Bon Ami, New Brunswick. This is the first time the species now under consideration has been observed in the Silurian of America, the lowest and only horizon heretofore recorded being Middle Erian. It, therefore, affords important testimony bearing upon the great antiquity of the genus as a whole, and of this species in particular. 1 Ann. Bot. X., 41, 1896. 152 Canadian Record of Science. ' The specimen obtained by Mr. Mixer represents the base of the stem or stipe, and in this respect it is similar to the recently described specimen of N. Ortoni* It. measures 56 centimeters long. At the top it is 7.5 em. broad, while at the base, where the root processes arise, it — widens out to 16.5 em. Externally the surface is roughened as if from the result of superficial decay, and shows somewhat extended carbonized areas, within which the material separates in small angular fragments. In. the transverse section no concentric structure is observable. Sections of this ‘specimen were prepared by Dr. J. M. — Clarke, of Albany, N.Y., and forwarded to me for study. They represent a fairly well preserved structure, and even a hasty examination served to show that they exhibited several elements of interest. Transverse Section. | The structure is somewhat altered, in consequence of which the large cells are, to some extent, wanting in a sharply defined outline, but nowhere was there that extreme alteration met with in specimens of the same species as formerly obtained from the Hamilton group of New York. Nevertheless, the alteration has been carried sufficiently far to render the small hyphe lying between the large cells, to a great extent unrecognizable. The best material representing this species, heretofore studied, was that originally collected by Dr. Bell from Gaspé, but 1t was in small fragments and did not permit of extended study. It, nevertheless, showed the large cells of the medulla-to be very perfectly preserved, and the hyphze also, to be unaltered in form.? It was upon a study of this material that the diagnosis of the species was first based. Later, a revision of the Celluloxylon primevum of Dawson, as represented by material from the Hamilton group of New York, collected by Dr. J. M. 1 Ann. Bot. X., 41, 1896. % trans... Soc. ViI., iv, 20.021 » o Nematophyton crasswm. 15 Clarke, showed that this plant was referrable to N. erassum, but that it had been highly altered by erystalli- zation.'. More recently, material collected by Prof. C. S. Prosser from the Hamilton group of New York, furnished specimens much more perfectly preserved, but yet much altered by crystallization. From this it is to be observed that the excellent state of preservation of the material now at hand, affords excellent opportunities for verification of the previous diagnoses. ° The cells of the Medulla are large, ranging from 40 ».—62 ». broad, but are chiefly rather uniform in size, and average about 56 ,». in diameter. This, it will be observed, is rather larger than observed in former specimens of this species, which showed a range of 23 46 ,». in one case” and 32 ,».—39 » in another.* | The entire structure is rather lax—not so much so as in N. laxum and N. Ortoni, but closely comparable with previous specimens of N.crassum. Medullary spots are numerous and irregularly distributed. They are of an irregularly rounded or oblong form, and appear to range from 174 ,». to 261 ,. in diameter. Here and there they seem to have undergone exceptional alteration leading to the formation of spherical cavities about 436 vy. in diameter. They are, however, in most cases, occupied by a somewhat loose plexus of hyphe having a somewhat variable diameter, ranging upwards from 4.68 ,.—similar in general character and size to the hyphe lying between the large cells of the medulla. Even without the aid of a magnifying glass, a certain concentric structure with broad zones is apparent in the transparent section, but this is by no means as clearly defined as in N. Logani. Under a magnifying power of moderate strength, this appearance entirely disappears, 1 be: Wild ives 25: 2 Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., XVI., 116, 3 Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., XVI., 116. -4 Trans. R. Soe. Can., VII., iv., 20—23, 29. 154 Canadian Record of Science. and it is extremely difficult to determine precisely upon what it depends, but it seems probable that it is determined by a peculiar disposition of the cells in relation to the medullary spaces. Large transverse sections also exhibit radial fissures due to shrinkage, but there appears to be a total absence of those radial bands simulating medullary rays, so con- spicuous in N. Logani. On the other hand, the medullary spots, already described, are ~-connected radially and tangentially by more continuous and open tracts as. medullary spaces, which thus form a sort of netted system between the various sub-divisions of which the large cells. lie in distinct and often more or less rounded groups. This distribution of the elements gives the transverse section a very characteristic appearance. It had already been noted in the previously described specimens of N. crassum, but owing to the very limited area of the Gaspe- sections, and the highly altered character of the specimens. from the Hamilton group, a proper description was not. possible, and this structural feature was, therefore, omitted from the diagnosis. It is, nevertheless, an important diagnostic element, under the present circumstances of limited material, since it seems to definitely differentiate this species from all the others. | Longitudinal Section. In longitudinal section the cells of the medulla are somewhat strongly interlacing, while groups of a dozen or more often cross the general direction of growth more or less abruptly, and sometimes turn off nearly at right angles for a short distance. These features also appear in previously described specimens, both from Gaspé and from New York. The intercellular hyphe are freely interlacing and cross the large cells in all directions, but their structure is so altered by decay as to render it impossible to determine if they are septate or not. Nowhere have trumpet hyphz been found, thus con- firming previous observations in this respect. Nematophyton crassum. . 155 The medullary spots are, in most cases, elongated vertically, assuming an oblong or lenticular form, two to several times higher than broad, features also char- acteristic of the formerly described specimens of this species. The spots are, as in other cases, crowded with interlacing hyphe, and into them there also project large cells from the surrounding structure, which branch more or less freely. These sections afford numerous instances of branching cells, and in one spot there were found two such cases, (figs. 1 and 2), one of which exhibited five sub- divisions, primary and secondary, while the other showed three primary divisions terminal to the parent cell. So many are the instances of this kind, and so varied are the dimensions of the branches, that I cannot but consider this specimen as affording very strong evidence in support of the conclusions already reached, that the medullary spaces “are the special areas within which branching is accomplished,” and that it is here that the small hyphe have their origin from the large cells of the medulla." The present material is thus found to not only extend our knowledge of the geographical range and _ strati- graphical horizon of this plant, but it affords strong corroborative testimony with respect to previous conclu- Trans: K.iSoc. \Can., Vi., iv., 425 VIL; iv., 22. 2 Ann. Bot., X., 46, 1896. 156 Canadian Record of Science. sions, and extends its differential characters to an important extent. It thus becomes necessary to revise our original diagnosis in conformity with the facts now at hand. NEMATOPHYTON CRASSUM (Dn.) Pen. Transverse. Concentric structure rather obscure. Radial tracts none. Medullary spots numerous, irregularly round or oval, chiefly 174 .-261 ,. broad, and connected by narrow spaces which form a more or less distinct network, enclosing groups of large, thick-walled cells. Cells of the medulla not very compact, rather uniform, ranging from 23 62 ». broad, chiefly about 40 x. Longitudinal. Cells of the medulla interlacing, often in groups. Medullary spots vertically lenticular or oblong, crowded with small hyphe, 2 »—10 » broad, which arise’ within these areas from branching cells derived from the surrounding structure. Highly crystalline forms often show a replacement of the normal structure by a pseudo-cellular structure (Celluloxylon.) Found as fragments, also the base of the stipe showing root processes. Middle Erian (Devonian) of Gaspé (ell); Hamilton group (Middle Erian) of New York (Clarke and Prosser), and the Upper Silurian (Lower Helderberg) of New York (Mizer.) DESCRIPTION OF FIGURES. Fig. 1. Transverse section of Nematophyton crassum, showing the distribution of the medullary spots. x 45; Fig. 2. Transverse section of Nematophyton crassum, showing distribution of the medullary spaces connecting the medullary spots. x 45, IT. PLATE RECORD OF SCIENCE. —— 2 NEMATOPHYTON CRASSUM. * ae Ree a * ee liga ~ Pre-Cambrian Fossils especially in Canada. 157 PRE-CAMBRIAN Fossits ESPECIALLY IN CANADA. (Abstract of a paper by Str W. Dawson, LL.D., F.R.S. Read in the Geological Section of the British Association, Liverpool Meeting, September, 1896.) The paper was intended to be introductory to the exhibition by the lantern of specimens of Hozoon Canadense, for the purpose of showing its structures to geologists who may not have had opportunities of seeing authentic or perfect specimens. Canadian examples of the rocks and fossils were referred to, because that country possesses the ereatest areas and the best exposures of Pre-Cambrian rocks, because in that country large portions of them have been well explored and mapped, and because, in Canada, Eozoon was first discovered. The base of the Cambrian system may, for the present, be fixed at the lower limit of the Olenellus fauna, now recognized in Newfoundland and in the western part of Canada, as well as in the United States. With this the Protolenus horizon of Matthew in Southern New Bruns- wick should probably be associated ; and there,-as well as in Newfoundland, the lowest bed of the series is marked by a barren sandstone.’ The Olenellus Zone affords, according to Walcott, 165 species, representing all the leading types of Marine Invertebrate life.’ Beneath this, in New Brunswick and Newfoundland, is a great thickness of red and greenish slates or shales, resting on a base of conglomerate, which lies uncon- formably on the Huronian system (Coldbrook Series), of whose debris it is, in part, composed. It contains, as _ far as known, no Trilobites, but has a few fossils referred to Ostrocods, Mollusks, Worms, Brachiopods, Cystideans, and Protozoa. Matthew has named this group in New Brunswick the ETCHEMINIAN system. He regards it as Pre-Cambrian, but still Paleozoic. It seems to correspond 1 Matthew, Protolewws Fauna, Trans. Acad. Science, N.Y., March, 1895. 2 Memoir on Lower Cambrian, U.S. Geol.-Survey. 158 Canadian Record of Science. with the Signal Hill Series and Random Sound Series of Murray and Howley in Newfoundland, with the Kewenian or Kewenawan Series of Lake Superior, which, according to the observations of the Canadian Survey, covers great areas between Lake Superior and the Arctic Sea. It may be correlated with the Chuar and Grand Canyon formations of Walcott in Arizona. In the latter these occur with a few other fossils, including a fragment of a Trilobite, numerous specimens of large laminated forms, which may be regarded as connecting the Cryptozoon of the Cambrian, and the Archwozoon of the Upper Laurentian with Eozoon.’ If, with Matthew, we regard the Etcheminian beds and their equivalents as lowest Palaeozoic, then the fossiliferous formations underlying these should be included under the term Hozoic, proposed by the author many years ago in connection with the description of Eozoon ; and the term Algonkian, used by the United States Geological Survey, will include both Paleeozoic and EKozoic formations.” Next below the Etcheminian in New Brunswick, Newfoundland, Lake Superior and Lake Huron, and also, apparently, in Colorado, we have the great thickness of mostly coarse, clastic sediments, associated with contemporaneous volcanic outflows and ash-rocks, ori- ginally described by Logan and Murray as the Huronian system. These rocks are of a character not lkely to yield many fossils. There are, however, slates, limestones, and iron ores associated with them, which have afforded laminated bodies comparable with Eozoon, burrows of worms, spicules of sponges and indeterminate fragments referable to Algae or to Zoophytes. In rocks of similar age in Brittany, Barrois and Cayeux announce the occurrence of Sponges, Foraminifera and Radiolarians. 1 Hall, Report on Palemtology of N. York, No. 36, Matthew Bulletin, N. Bruns- wick, Nat. Hist. Society, 1890, Walcott l.c. 2 This term is, in any ease, unhappy in form and sense, and perhaps should be dropped. Pre-Cambrian Fossils especially in Canada. 159 Doubt has, however, been cast on these in a recent paper by Dr. Rauff, of Bonn. It is not improbable that the Huronian may admit of sub-division into two members ; and, if its deep sea limestones could be found, perhaps into three. It underhes the Etcheminian unconformably, and, so far as known, is itself unconformable to the Laurentian, which must have been subjected to some disturbance and to much intrusion of igneous matter, as well as to great denudation, before and during the Huronian period. Next in descending order is the Upper Laurentian, or Gienvillian system (the upper part of Logan’s Lower Laurentian), which is well developed in the St. Lawrence and Ottawa Valley and also in New Brunswick, as well as in the Adirondacks and the eastern slope of the Apalachians. It contains various gneissose and schistoze rocks, which, though crystalline, show, on analysis, the same composition with Paleozoic slates,’ and it includes also bands of quartzite and of graphite and graphitic schist, as well as large beds of magnetite. Above all, it is remarkable for the occurrence of great zones or belts of limestone, associated with what seem to be altered sedimentary beds, and is in many. places rich in graphite and in apatite. It is scarcely possible to doubt that in this great system of several thousands of feet in thickness we have evidence of tranquil oceanic deposition and of abundant animal and vegetable life. It, no doubt, also occupies great areas covered by later deposits, while there is evidence that the portions exposed have undergone enormous denudation. The graphite of this system has yielded no distinct structures, except imperfectly preserved fibres; but in some places it assumes the form of long ribbon-like bands, suggestive of fronds of alge, and an American paleontolo- gist, Mr. Britton, has described one of these forms from 1 Adams—Am. Journal of Science, July, 1895. 160 Canadian Record of Science. the Laurentian limestone of New Jersey, under the name of Archacophyton Newberrianum. It is in one of the limestones, the highest of the series, rich in nodules and grains of Serpentine, that the forms described as Hozoon Canadense occur. It is not the object of this paper to enter into any details as to these, or any discussion of their claims to be regarded as of animal origin, but to allow the specimens exhibited to speak for themselves, referring to previous publications for a more particular account of their structure and modes of occurrence.” Below the Grenville series we find an immense thickness of orthoclase gneiss, associated with igneous dykes and masses, without limestones or other indications of organic remains, but presenting alternations with thick bands of Hornblendic schist. This is the “Ottawa gneiss” of the Geological Survey of Canada, a fundamental rock, perhaps a portion of the primitive crust of the earth, or a product of aqueo-igneous, or crenitic action, before the beginning of regular sedimentation. It is the Lower Laurentian or Archean complex of some authors, and is quite distinct from the overlying Grenvillian, except in the occurrence of orthoclase gneisses in both. The Eozoic group of systems will thus for the present include the Huronian and Grenvillian or Upper Laurentian, the fauna of which is characterized by the prevalence in the former of Annelida, Sponges and Protozoa, and in the latter, so far as known, of Protozoa alone, represented by pecuhar and gigantic forms, as Eozoon and Archzozoon, and some smaller types (Archeospherinz). As at present known, these systems are of a character unfavorable to the preservation of organic remains—the Huronian because of its coarse and littoral character, the Grenvillian because of its great metamorphism. It may, 1 Annals N.Y. Academy, Vol. IV., No. 4. 2 See papers in the Goological Magazine for 1895, also Memoir in Publications of Peter Redpath Museum. Pre-Cambrian Fossils especially in Canada. 161 however, be hoped that should deep sea deposits of Huronian age be discovered, or the Grenvillian rocks in a less altered state, additional species may be found; nor is it impossible that there may be additional formations filling the probable gaps in time between the Lower Laurentian and the Grenvillian, or between it and the Huronian, or between the latter and the Etcheminian. In any case there is ample scope for the labor of those who have the necessary skill and patience. It was added that important detailed explorations of the Laurentian and Huronian, supplementary to those of Logan, are now in progress, under Dr. Dawson, Director of the Geological Survey of Canada; more especially by Dr. Ells, Dr. Adams and Mr. Barlow, and may be expected to yield important results. In concluding, the author insisted on the duty of paleontologists to give more attention to the Pre- Cambrian rocks, in the hope of discovering connecting links with the Cambrian, and of finding the oceanic members of the Huronian, and less metamorphosed equivalents of the Upper Laurentian, and so of reaching backward to the actual beginning of life on our planet, should this prove to be attainable. At the close of the paper a number of micro-photographs, showing the forms and structures of Eozoon and other ancient remains, supposed to be organic, were projected on the screen. The President said that they were all delighted to have the subject presented in this way. The dawn of life on the globe was, perhaps, the most fascinating of all subjects with which the geologist had to deal. The subject of Eozoon Canadense was intimately associated with the name of Sir Wiliam Dawson. Dr. Hicks said no one else could possibly have given such an exposition of Eozoon. ll 162 Canadian Record of Science. In the discussion which followed, Mr. Matthew, Dr. Johnston Lavis, Sir James Grant, Professor Rupert Jones, Professor Bonney, and others took part. One speaker remarked that Kozoon had been attacked for many years, but there were some geologists who still had faith in it. In responding, Sir William Dawson thanked the speakers for the fair and friendly manner in which they had received his old friend of the Laurentian rocks, and hoped it was not merely on the principle that nothing but good was to be said of the dead. His object had been to exhibit to a representative audience a series of charac- teristic examples of these curious objects, leaving those present to form their own conclusions. In any case, he thought they must admit that the discussion of the subject had been of advantage to science; and he hoped it would eventually lead to a great extension of our knowledge of the earliest forms of life. It was announced that additional specimens were on exhibition at University College Museum, and that some of these would be demonstrated under the microscope on the following afternoon. (Partly from Report in Liverpool Post.) REMARKS ON THE DISTINCTIVE CHARACTERS OF THE CANADIAN SPRUCES'—Species of Picea. By Grorce Lawson, Ph.D., LL.D., F.R.S.C., Professor of Chemistry, Dalhousie College, Halifax, Nova Scotia. Our native spruces (belonging to the genus Picea) have received attention at different times from many botanists, but their conclusions in regard to the number of species, 1 This important paper, originally presented to the Royal Society of Canada in 1887, appears to have been published privately, since it cannot be found in any of the journals of that year. The renewed interest which has of late centred im the possible distinction of Picea nigra and P. rubra makes it desirable that these observations should be placed in some publication through whieh they may be brought more pro- minently under the notice of working botanists, to whom they are known, but not accessible. D. P. PENHALLOW. Montreal, October, 1896. Instinctive Characters of Canadian Spruces. 168 and the exact relations of these to each other, have not been concordant. It seemed desirable to invite attention again to the subject, and this was done in a preliminary paper read in Section IV. of the Royal Society of Canada, at the meeting held at Ottawa in May last (1887.) The discussion on that occasion, and subsequent correspondence, have shown that the matter is not without interest, and have suggested the desirability of publishing some of the facts then stated, as well as results subse- quently reached, together with some historical details—so as to indicate our present knowledge on the snbject, the information still needed, and the directions in which profitable enquiry may be made. Local observers and collectors throughout the Dominion, and travellers visiting northern points, may do much to aid. in determining the geographical range of the several species, varieties and forms, and the continuity or intermittence of their distri- bution in different regions. The beautiful evergreen coniferous trees called “ spruces” form a marked feature of the wild forest lands of the Canadian Dominion, especially in the Atlantic maritime districts, and in the tracts of country lying around the great lakes. The spruces are valued, not only for their large yields of useful lumber, applicable to so many purposes of life on land and sea, and for the summer shade and winter shelter which, as living trees, they afford our dwellings, but they are likewise regarded with interest, and as having some importance, from scientific points of view. How far the differences in structure and habit presented by the several species, and their aberrant or so-called intermediate forms, are to be regarded as indicative of genetic differences, or may be accounted for by the mere effects of past or present external conditions, is a question of more than incidental interest. It naturally leads to a comparison of these trees with their allies in other parts of the northern hemisphere, far 164 Canadian Record of Science. beyond the range of the present Canadian forest, immense as it is, and to the consideration of other facts bearing upon their probable ancestry, in regard to which, however, the results, so far, are insufficient to warrant satisfactory conclusions. These trees, and their extra-Canadian allies, have been variously described by botanists, at different times, under the several generic names : Pinus, Abies, Picea. Linneus, upon whose system our nomenclature is founded, embraced under Pinus: the true pines, the Lebanon cedar, the larch, the silver (or balsam) fir, and the hemlock. In selecting specific names for the silver fir and spruce, he adopted those used by Pliny and other classical writers, who called the spruce Picea and the silver fir Abies. But he unfortunately transposed these names, calling the spruce Pinus Abves, and the silver fir P. Picea. This opened the way for much confusion, for when the old agoregate genus Pinus came to be successively divided up into segregate genera, and the classical names were adopted as generic ones, choice had to be made between two courses—either to apply these names so as to denote the trees intended by the classical writers, or to use them, at variance with classical usage, in accordance with the Linnean nomenclature. As has just been indicated, succeeding botanists separated the true pines, and other marked groups of the Linnean genus Pinus, into separate genera; at first the spruces and firs were classed together under the one generic name Adies. Link, in 1841, separated the two groups into distinct genera, restoring the classical names, Picea for the spruces, and Abies for the firs. But in Britain, where Coniferze have been grown to an enormous extent, both for ornament and use, especially since the middle of the present century, a silver fir continued to be almost universally called a Picea, and a spruce an Abies—until within the last few years, when English scientific writers have adopted Link’s use of the Distinctive Characters of Canadian Spruces. 165 names, and thus adapted their nomenclature to continental custom and classical usage. Among English foresters, gardeners and nurserymen, however, the old way, so long familiar, will be given up slowly, and not without regret. The Canadian spruces, so far as regards their distinctive specific characters, have been a puzzle to botanists. They were not known to Linneus. Miller and Aiton recog- nized two species, alba and nigra, and Lambert introduced a third (vwbra) that had been recognized by the younger Michaux as a variety of mgra. Accordingly, in most of the works on Coniferze published since Lambert’s (1825) by European and Enelsh botanists,’ we find the three species described without hesitation. But there have not been wanting expressions of doubt as to the permanent distinctness of the third species, and of suspicion even, that all three were connected by inter- mediate forms so closely as to be doubtfully entitled to rank as more than varieties of one species. A full statement of synonymy would occupy too much space, and, indeed, be out of place in this publication; a brief indication of the views held by a few prominent botanists will suffice for the present. In Persoon’s Synopsis Plantarum, 1807 (the authorship of which is believed to belong to Richard), rubra is described with rubicund cones, slightly bilobed scales, and red brown bark, and is curiously enough assigned geographically to Hudson Strait ; alba, with incurved leaves, lax subcylindrical cones, entire scales, whitish bark; nigra, with straight leaves, ovate black-purple cones, scales undulated at the margins, bark blackish. Endlicher, in the standard work on Conifers for the time (1847), “Synopsis Coniferarum,” characterized three species as follows: (pp. 112-15) ; alba, cones subeylindrical, lax, pendulous, scales broadly obovate undivided, entire (faces of leaves whitened glaucous, pulvinuli pale brown, 1 Persoon, Antoine, Don, Loudon, Link, Parlatore, Endlicher, Gordon, ete. 166 Canadian Record of Science. cone long-stalked, cylindrical or ovoid oblong, 2 to 24 inches long, largest diameter, $ inch, scales quite entire, at_ first green, changing to pale brown) ; rubra, cones ovate- oblong, scales split into two lobes, margin otherwise quite entire (doubtfully distinct from the next, leaves more acute, cones larger, green when young, scales constantly and evidently split-lacerate irregularly, margin otherwise entire, the wood becoming reddish); nzgra, cones ovate- acute, scales obovate, undivided, erose, denticulate, bark - blackish, faces of leaves white-dotted; cones shortly peduncled, drooping, an inch and a half long, at first purpurascent, finally reddish brown, scales with thin margins becoming undulate-lacerate. Professor Beck, in the Botany of the Northern will Middle States (1833), which formed the precursor of Dr. Asa Gray’s standard Manual, described three species (p. 340), as: ngra, * * * leaves straight, strobile ovate, scales elliptical, undulate on the margin, erosely denticulate at the apex; rubra, * * * -strobile oblong, scales rounded, somewhat two-lobed, entire on the margin; alba, leaves incurved, strobile subcylindrical, loose, scales obovate, very entire. | I have not been able to refer to the first edition of Dr. Gray's Manual of Botany of the Northern United States (published in 1848), but in the second edition (1856) the red spruce of Beck is dropped, and only mgra and alba described—the former with dark rigid sharp green leaves, cones ovate, or ovate-oblong (one to one and a half inch long), the scales with a thin and wavy or eroded edge—a common variety in New England having lighter colored or glaucous-green leaves rather more slender and loosely spreading, and indistinguishable from alba except by the cones. A. alba is characterized as having oblong- cylindrical cones (one to two inches long), the scales with firm and entire edges ; otherwise as in the lighter-colored a > aoe *, - = = ; F . —_. Mstinetive Characters of Canadian Spruces. — 167: variety of the last. The remark is added : Probably these two, with the red spruce, are mere forms of one species. In subsequent editions of the same work the deserip- tions are amended, the leaves of nigra being characterized as either dark green or glaucous-whitish, and the cones are said to be recurved, persistent while those of alba are two inches long, nodding, cylindrical, pale, deciduous, the thinner scales with an entire edge (the latter a handsomer tree than the former, more like a balsam fir.) These descriptions point to the red and black spruces being both included under nigra. Professor Alphonso Wood, in his Class Book and Flora of the United States and Canada, also characterized only two species: alba, with incurved leaves, cones lax, subeylindric, with entire two-lobed scales; nigra, with straight leaves, ovoid cones, scales erosely dentate at the edge. Dr. Chapman, in the Flora of the Southern United States (1860) likewise gave two species (pp. 434-5): migra, leaves dark green, cone one and one-half inch long, ovate, or ovate-oblong, the scales with a thin wavy or denticulate margin; a/ba, leaves more slender and_ less crowded, lght green, cones 1 and 2 in. long, oblong cylindrical, with the scales entire. The late Prof. Brunet, of Laval University, an acute and careful botanist, of whom Dr. Gray had a _ high opinion, described three forms: alba, nugra and a variety grisea (Canadian Naturalist, new series, vol. i., p. 108). The Abbe Provancher, in Flore Canadienne, charac- terized alba and nigra clearly. The late Andrew Murray, who took so much interest in American Coniferee, in his later writings ignored rubra. Professor Fowler, in his carefully prepared list of the plants of New Brunswick, gives two species, alba and nigra, as common throughout that province. Prof. Parlatore, in the Monograph of Coniferee in De 168 Canadian Record of Scvence. Candolle’s Prodromus, Vol. xvi., second section, pp. 413-14, published in June, 1868, recognizes our Canadian species as three: nigra, the black spruce or double spruce of Anglo-Americans ; 7wbra, with leaf-faces albo-glaucescent Gndicating that he probably had a form of nigra in view) ; and alba, with oval-oblong, or oval-cylindrical cones, pendulous, on longer branchlets than the others (the geographical range extending to the Rocky Mountains, on authority of specimen from Bourgeau). In Dr. Robert Bell’s chart of the northern lmits of trees forming the Canadian forests, the two spruces, alba and nigra, are lined together. Prof. Macoun, in the Catalogue of Canadian Plants of the Geological Survey of Canada, gives two species, combining rubra with nigra. Sir Joseph Hooker, in his tabulation in the Outlines of Distribution of Arctic Plants (Linnean Transactions, 1864), gives only alba and nigra, and Sereno Watson, in the Botany of California, also dismisses our spruces in N.E. as “ two species.” The following descriptions of the several species are not thrown into systematic form, being merely intended to call attention to points of difference, and to suggest observation and enquiry, so that the necessary information may be obtained for the formation of accurate and per- manent diagnostic characters : 1. PicEA ALBA.—Link, in Linnea, xv., p. 519. Picea alba, the white spruce of Canada, is recognized at a distance, from the allied species, by the comparative massiveness of the foliage with which its horizontal or pendant boughs are clothed, and by its glaucous or whitish-green tint—the leaves when newly expanded being pale and silvery, as if covered with the most delicate coating of hoar frost. This appearance, however, Mstinetive Characters of Canadian Spruces. — 169 is caused by the individual leaves not being wholly green, but having longitudinal rows of apparently white or colorless dots or spaces, owing to the non-development of chlorophyll in certain surface cells at regular intervals. The old bark of the stem is grayish, not dark-colored, and the young shoots of the year present a smooth, shining, ivory-white surface, altogether destitute of trichomes or roughness of any kind. The leaves vary in actual size with the vigor of the tree, but are longer in proportion than those of either of the other species; the leaf-bases from which they arise are arranged uniformly around the horizontal branches, but, although, spreading in direction at their bases, are more or less curved upwards in a secund manner, presenting a nearly uniform flattened brush-hke surface of foliage. The cones vary in absolute size, according to vigor of tree, etc., but are always of much greater length and usually more slender than those of the other species, being nearly cylindrical, not sensibly thickened in the middle as in nigra, nor below the middle asin rubra. Dr. Bell well expresses their form as finger- shaped. The scales are also more numerous than in the allied species, and the spiral arrangement is different. The cones are green at first, the individual scales being sometimes clouded with a shght brown band-hke patch on the exposed part, but not extending to the edge. In ripening, the green color mellows into a more or less decided straw color, but the cones when mature are never either dark or decidedly reddish. When of a lively straw- color, and profusely produced all over the tree, as we often see them along the shore, hanging down from the drooping tips of the young branchlets, the contrast with the bright silver-frosted needle foliage is very pleasing; so that the white spruce is one of the most ornamental of our native trees, and admirably adapted for sea-side shelter. The edges of the cone scales are always quite entire. 170 Canadian Record of Science. Prof. Bell, M.D., President of the Fourth Section of the Royal Society, has very kindly made .careful observations, and communicated them to me, on the several points of difference between the white and black spruces. Through his kindness, also, I have had opportunity of examining specimens from widely separated localities throughout the Dominion. His opportunities of travel, for observation and collection of specimens, during his long connection with the Geological Survey of Canada, have been exceptionally favorable. Dr. Bell points out that the most obvious distinctions between the black and white spruce are (1) that the latter is a larger tree than the black, coarser, lighter in general color, as well as in color of bark, twigs, etc.; (2) that, in the white spruce, the boughs are stiffer, more vigorous, and flatter than in the black; (3) that the cones differ in many ways ; in the white, they are scattered all over the tree, although most abundant near the top, and drop off every year, whereas the black spruce cones adhere for two, three, four: or five years—the current year’s crop bemg at the top (mostly), the previous year’s next below, that of the year before still farther down, etc., the quantity of cones. diminishing downwards and their age increasing. (4). The’ white spruce cone is finger-shaped, and green in color till it dries and opens, whereas the black is deep purple — and plum-shaped, bulging in the centre. (5). The white. is attached by a straight peduncle, the black by a curved thickening one. (6). The number of scales in each is very different, numerous counts of the scales of cones from many trees in northern regions of the Dominion yielding the following results: the white spruce cone seldom has fewer than 60 scales or more than 90—average about 70; whilst the black seldom has many over 30, the average may be about 33—so that the white spruce cone: has more than double the number that the black has. Eleven white spruce cones from a tree at Kingston,, My Distinctive Characters of Canadian Spruces. 17] Ontario, gave an average number of 77, and of five cones of the same from a tree at the Emerald Mine, near Buck- ingham (Co. Ottawa, P.Q.), the average is 61. The white spruce is observed especially along the shores of the ocean, estuaries and lakes, as in Cape Breton Island, around the Atlantic and Bay of Fundy shores of Nova Scotia and New Brunswick, also around the shores of the St. Lawrence Gulf and up the St. Lawrence River, and along the Ontario lakes. Dr. Bell sends a beautiful photograph of this species, showing its characters well, from Grand Lake House, on the Upper Ottawa. I have a specimen collected at Lake Winnipeg by his Hon. Lieut.- Governor Schultz, M.D., in the summer of 1860. I desire specially to call the attention of observers to one point in regard to the geographical distribution of Picea alba. For many years it has appeared to me to be essentially a maritime species, growing around the Atlantic and northern coasts of Canada, and extending by way of the St. Lawrence westward to the great lakes, as far, at least, as shown by Governor Schultz’s specimen, as Lake Winnipeg. Its absence in inland localities is not noticed, so far as I have ascertained, in published works, yet, even in the narrow peninsula of Nova Scotia, bounded on one side by the Atlantic Ocean, and on the other by the Bay of Fundy and waters connecting with the Gulf of St. Lawrence, the absence or scarcity of this tree in inland localities, or even in such as are only a few miles distant from the shore, is very marked. It appears, therefore, to be especially desirable, in recording localities for its occur- rence, to note their distance from seaboard or great lakes. I have already endeavored to impress upon observers the consideration that the only reliable material for tracing geographical distribution must consist of substantial data, actual local observations carefully noted and authenticated by specimens, corrected, reduced and compared, after the manner of H..C. Watson, and left on record in such form 172 Canadian Record of Science. as to render elimination of errors possible, and that mere general inipressions received by travellers over the country, although often of great practical value, are not to be regarded as absolute scientific results.’ In the early days, when Douglas and Thomas Drummond were solitary wanderers over the Continent, and Menzies was touching the coast at Chebucto and nameless points on the Northern Pacific shores, every scrap of information, and especially their notes on range of species, was of substan- tial value, but now we have the means of working out problems by more systematic and scientific methods, and. of eliminating the errors of individual observation.* 2. Picea NIGRA, Link, in Linnea xv., p. 520. The black spruce is a sombre tree, the old bark of dark color, the surface of yonng shoots of the year of a dark brown, and clothed with a short sparse fur of thick short curved trichomes. The foliage is of a decidedly dark green color, but distinctly glaucous or hoary. The leaves are short, almost straight, radiating from the branch in a bottie brush fashion at a nearly uniform angle except that they are turned away from the lower surface of the branch. The leaves (as in other species) vary in size with vigor of tree, but are always much shorter than in the other species, and blunt at the apex. The cones, when young, are of a deep purple, or purpura- scent color, becoming reddish-brown as _ they ripen, darkening with age, and ultimately changing to a deep dark gray-black when old. The other species drop their cones during the first winter after they are formed; P. nigra retains them for several years, the recent crop of the year being near the top of the tree mostly, the previous years next below, that of the year before further 1 See Trans. Royal Soc. of Canada, Vol. II., Sec. iv., p. 16. 2 Abies arctica, Murray, Seeman’s Journal, 1867, p. 273, cum ic., is referred by Parlatore as a variety of alba.—DC, Prodromus, XVI., p. 414. On same page there is description of something no doubt quite different, Abies‘arctica, Cunningh., ex Henk. & Hochst. This is referred to rubra. Distinctive Characters of Canadian Spruces. = 175 down, and so on, the cones diminishing in quantity down- wardly as their age is increased. The cone is attached to its branchlets by a curved stalk (whereas that of P. alba is straight), and the cone itself is conspicuously much wider in the middle than towards base or apex ; several of these differences are taken from Dr. Bell’s notes, but are entirely in accordance with my own observations. This species appears to be widely distributed, both in coast and inland districts, extending apparently far north, and in the south ascending the mountains. Black spruce is famed among lumbermen as a tree yielding sound, strong and lasting timber. In Nova Scotia it is found, not on dry ground, but on wet flats, apparently irrespective of atmospheric moisture. In inland districts, groves of it occur in the red spruce forests, on the wet lands around lakes, and along river sides, and on shelving terraces on the hill sides, but it also grows down to the sea-shore intermixed with P. alba—the favoring condition apparently being a retentive moist soil. In the north and north-west, the tree appears, from accounts and photographs received, to be more vigorous than along the Atlantic region of Nova Scotia. 3. Picea ruBRA, Link, in Linnea, xv., p. 521. Picea rubra, the red spruce, is readily known by its clean, uniform bark (not broken into large scales) of a distinctly reddish color, by its long, slender shoots, giving it the appearance of being a more rapid grower than migra, but not so robust in habit as alba, and by its bright green foliage, without any trace of hoariness or glau- cescence. The leaves, as compared with those of the allied species, are short, incurved, not so secundly as in alba, but bent inwards towards the branchlets, and on the leading shoots they are more or less closely appressed to the leader, giving it a very elongated slender appear- ance. The year’s shoots are of a lively chestnut-red color, and are beset with short, erect, thickish, curved, epidermal 174 Canadian Record of Science. processes (trichomes), which arise especially around the edges of the flat basal plates of the leaf-bases, variously called peg-processes, sterigmata, etc. The cones are of a bright chestnut color, regularly ovate in form. ‘The wood is softer than that of the black spruce, it is also less — enduring under open air exposure, as we know from experience ; every season the red spruce poles have to be replaced more frequently than the black in fences. The best general description that has hitherto been published of P. rubra is that of my late friend, William Gorrie, in the Transactions of the Botanical Society of Edinburgh, Vol. X., p. 355. Myr. Gorrie’s description was taken from the tree as observed by him in the plantations and pleasure grounds in Britain, but, so far as it goes, it corresponds entirely with the tree as seen in the Nova Scotian woods :—* The red spruce fir, or Newfound- land red pine, is found in Nova Scotia, some parts of Lower Canada, and northward to Hudson Bay, but is not included in Dr. Asa Gray’s Flora of the Northern United States. It is said to be a better and finer tree than either of its allies—the black and white spruces—from which it further differs in being entirely devoid of that glaucous ereen by which the leaves of these two are distinguished. It is, in fact, exactly hike the common Norway spruce in the color both of its foliage and young branches, but differs from it in its thinner and more slender growth, shorter leaves, and much smaller cones. From this close resemblance in color of rubra and excelsa, Americans eall the latter the red spruce of Europe. Like the alba, the rubra drops 1ts cones in the course of the first winter and succeeding spring, while those of nigra are retained on the tree for two or more years. Like its two American associates, alba and nigra, rubra seems to delight in moist soils containing a proportion of peat and moist upland climates. Those now growing at Tynehead were reared from seeds gathered in Newfoundland, and a portion Distinctive Characters of Canadian Spruces. 175 © of the plants which were planted on good, dry, heavy soil, within from two to three miles, and at half the altitude, dwindled away after the first few years, till they entirely perished. The trees at Dunmore are, no doubt, growing at a low altitude, but they are sheltered by a high-wooded bank on the south, and are on a damp bottom. Mr. Andrew Murray, a distinguished member of the Botanical Society, and recognized authority on Conifer, has ignored the existence of rubra, but he has probably never seen it erowing, as, although long introduced, it is still scarce in Britain.” In illustration of these remarks, Mr. Gorrie exhibited and presented to the Botanical Society branches and cones of (1) P. rubra taken from a group of trees growing on the railway banks, near Tynehead Station, in Midlothian, at an altitude of about 800 feet. The trees had then (13th Jannary, 1870), been about fifteen years planted, and were from 12 to 18 feet in: height; (2). P. rubra, from a group of trees growing in drained and improved ground, which must once have been marshy, in Dunmore Park, near Stirling, Scotland, not 50 feet above high-water mark, seemingly about the same age as the last, and from 15 to 20 feet in height; (3). P. alba, from near Tynehead Station ; (4). P. nigra, from Dunmore Park. In addition to acknowledgments for specimens already made in this paper, my best thanks are due to Mr. John MacAloney, of Halifax, who collected for me the several forms growing on the shores of the Bay of Fundy ; to Mr. W. 8S. Calkin, B.A., now of Cornell University, who, while an undergraduate of Dalhousie College, obtained those of the district around Truro; and to Mr. 8. J. McLennan, B.A., who made similar collections around Sydney Harbor, Cape Breton. 176 Canadian Record of Science. SEGREGATION IN ORES AND MATTEs. By Davin H. Browne, Sudbury, Ontario. [Reprinted from THe CoLumBiA ScHooL OF MINES QARTERLY, No. 4, Vol. XVI.] During the last few years, the origin of the Sudbury nickel-ore deposits has been the subject of much discus- sion. The igneous and the aqueous theories have been both strongly championed, and at the present date, while the balance of opinion leans to the igneous side, the lack of any decisive testimony on which arguments pro and con could be based, has tended to make a decision necessarily difficult and unsatisfactory. Bell, in his report on the Sudbury ores,' says: “ The general character of the deposits seems to indicate that they have originated primarily from a state of fusion.” H. B. Von Fullon? states that “Die Erze sind nicht wasserigen, soudern feuer fliissigen Ursprunges,” ae., “ not of aqueous but of igneous origin.” Vogt? assigns these and other similar sulphide ores to “segregation from a molten basic magma,” and Kemp? gives it as his opinion that the appearance of the ores “leaves no reasonable alternative but to conclude that they are as much an original crystallization from the igneous magma as any other mineral in the rock.” On the other hand, Posepny refers to the igneous theory as something extraordinary ; Emmens’ thinks that nickel is an essential constituent of the gangue, and Argall® “ sub- mits that it is to the leaching of basic eruptives at or near the surface our principal deposits of nickel are due.” All these latter opinions, based as they are on resemblance to other ore-deposits, may be considered as 1 Report on the Sudbury Mining District, p. 49. 2 Ueber Einige Nickelerzvorkommen, p. 281. 3 Zeitschrift fur praktische Geologie, Nos. 1, 4, 7, 1893. 4 Ore-Deposits of the United States, p. 319. 5 Canadian Mining and Mech., Rev., August, 1893. 6 Nickel, etce., Colorado Scientific Society, December, 1893. . . lard Segregation in Ores and Mattes. 177 obiter dicta. To one familar with the unique appearance of the Sudbury ores, their immense size, their geological and commercial importance would seem to warrant close study, long-continued observation. and experimental research before a sound judgment as to their origin could be reached. In order to furnish some material or basis on which a judgment can be made, the following data concerning the similarity of segregation in mattes and ores are submitted. Copper nickel matte, made in water-jacketed blast- furnaces from roasted copper-nickel ore, consists of a mixture of sulphides of copper, nickel and iron. An average matte will contain, approximately, Cu, 24 per cent. DIG, ee Se Bg oa eynein se S a8 66 66 ey. This matte is tapped into hemispherical or conical cast- iron matte pots or moulds, in which it is allowed to set, after which it is turned out on the dump to cool. These moulds or matte pots are about 24 inches diameter by 14 inches deep. After the matte has set, and while cooling on the ground, it cracks by contraction, the cracks extending either radially from the centre, splitting the matte into pyramidal or cuneiform fragments, or else vertically through the centre, dividing the matte into quarter sections. Ona pot of matte broken in the latter shape, concentric iridescent bands of color show the rate at which the matte has cooled from outside to centre. The specific gravity of matte does not vary appreciably throughout a pot, it being, as a rule, from 5 to 5.2. After matte has been broken, two separate forms of incrustations may be observed on its surface. The first consists of small hairs or wiry crystals of copper, often occurring in small geodes or bubbles near the top or 12 178 Canadian Record of Science. outside of the matte pot. The second consists of ferro- nickel erystals,! generally found near the centre or bottom, and having the form of squares or rectangular triangles about 1 to ;!, inch in diameter. These are tin white, very thin, flexible and highly magnetic, and have the formula Fe,Nig. While comparatively rare, yet close examination will discover the presence of ferro-nickel in every pot of matte. It has been known for several years that matte is not homogeneous throughout each casting, nor is it surprising that in such a fluid mixture of different sulphides the elements should, during the time of cooling, attempt to arrange themselves with regard to their respective affinities. A long series of experiments to determine what these tendencies were may be thus briefly summarized. Numerous analyses showed that in one and the same matte casting a sample broken from the top will be, as a rule, higher in copper and lower in nickel than a sample from the bottom. Eleven pots thus examined gave an average as follows :— Cu. Ni. 11-top saniples 4. Stee, Se ne fl 20.15 11 bottom samples..... ..... pe Wee S| 20.32 2.12 0.17 Gain Cu at top, 2.12 per cent. 2 ‘‘ bottom, .17 per cent. The copper seems to vary more rapidly than the nickel from top to bottom. Further analyses showed that nickel was higher at the centre than at the bottom of the casting. A few examples will illustrate this tendency. A pot casting broken into quarters was sampled at the points shown in the sketch, and analyzed as follows : 1 Jour. Anal. Chem., March, 1892. Segregation in Ores and Mattes. 179 Fig. 1. C| D A. B. C. D. EK. Copper .. ..25.00 25.62 25.02 20.80 24.46 Nickel. .....20.2 20.9 - 20.5, .21.60 20,20 ITO Ys cs 20), 21.3. 2E.G; JO.0 > Bio These analyses show that copper tends toward the top and outside of the casting, while nickel and iron tend to concentrate toward the centre. A half pot was now selected in which radial cracks seemed to show the centre of segregation. Small portions were broken off at the points indicated and analyzed as follows : Fig. 2. A. Bit AG D. Capper. ek. 24.46. 23.68 22.46 22.80 Nickle .. ..... ..18.02 19.06 19.16 18.74 Prone. “ila eka Ss, SS > 32-00 These samples showed as before the upward and outward tendency of copper, but did not so clearly show the inward tendency of nickel. The reason was found to le in the manner of sampling, as it was found almost impossible to break with a hammer the sample desired, at the exact point in question. In order to get a correct sample, and to map out, if possible the variations of copper and nickel, a quarter pot was placed under a drill and sampled as indicated in the following sketch by drilling with an inch drill holes one half inch deep at the points marked. These samples were then carefully analyzed, and as they were entirely free from slag, the sulphur was in each case taken as the difference between the sum of copper nickel and iron and 100 per cent. which has been found to be very nearly the correct amount. . The entire quarter pot was now crushed, quartered, sampled and analyzed. 180 Canadian Record of Science. It contained Cu, 24.64 Ni, 22.86 Fe, 26.70 Db, 25.82 The analyses are for convenience written in their respective locations. The specific gravity of matte at the point A was 5.26 and at B was 5.2. The solid arrows in the sketch indicate the movement of nickel, while the dotted arrows show the movement of copper. Examining these lines carefully, it will be seen that the segregation of nickel to the centre and the dispersion of copper to the outside is very pronounced, variations in the percentage of these two ingredients Fig. 3. to the amount ene mw a (A 2 ey Of eae occurring over a space of three or four inches. It will also be noticed that copper and nickel seem to be mutually an- tagonistic, an inward flow of nickel being almost always accom panied by an outflow of copper. Taking the vertical cen- tral line and the horizontal central line, as showing the tendencies of the metals at their greatest fluidity, we may now map the variations in a curve. : Section of quarter pot a little over one-third natural size. Segregation in Ores and Mattes. 181 From the vertical central lines it will be seen that the curves of copper and nickel are nearly reciprocal. The horizontal central line shows a similar tendency. From these examples, which are given merely as an illustration of what has been proved true by numerous other analyses, the following statements may be inferred : 1. In a mass of molten copper-nickel iron matte, the sulphides of copper and nickel are mutually antagonistic. 2. The tendency of nickel and, though in less degree, that of iron is also to concentrate toward the centre, with a sheht downward inclination. 3. The tendency of copper is to disperse toward the outside and to rise toward the top of the casting. These statements are verified in a striking manner by furnace practice. The matte as it flows from the blast furnace passes first to a forehearth in which it accu- mulates and the slag rising to the surface is separated. In this forehearth, where the matte is subjected to a prolonged heat, nickel tends to sink to the bottom, and as after every tapping there remains a layer of matte perhaps two or three inches thick in the forehearth below the tapping ring, this matte becomes gradually enriched in nickel and impoverished in copper. On changing the forehearth after several weeks running the bottom is found coated with a tough magnetic matte which averages about 46 per cent. nickel and 12 per cent. copper. The matte made in this forehearth has during the run averaged perhaps 22 per cent. copper and 18 to 20 per cent. nickel. This shows that under prolonged heating the copper nickel sulphides are more perfectly separated the copper going upward and the nickel downward. Again, the Orford process! of separating copper from nickel consists in smelting matte with sodium sulphide 1 Mineral Industry, 1892, vol. i., p. 357. a roe a A ie. re wd ee 4 ie > pl . 7 A ee 182 Canadian Record of Science. produced by reduction of salt-cake with coal. The sodium sulphide forms with the matte an exceedingly fluid ' magma, from which, on cooling nickel separates as a “bottom” or cake of nickel sulphide occupying the lower part of the matte pot, while copper floats upward with the soda sulphide. After cooling a sharp demarcation line is Fig. 4. found between the z 4 a s 7a 7 4z" two sulphides, and repeatedly resmelt- ing with sodium sul- ‘phide the copper can be almost entirely removed and pure sulphide of nickel can _ be_ produced. We are thus justified lowing inference. _ iron sulphides can be held in a molten condition either by using prolonged heat or by imparting fluidity by the addi- tion of fluxes for a sufficient period of time to allow the mutual repulsion of ee) Sue oe Central vertical line of matte. Vertical column = percent. Horizontal column dis- tance from top of pot. the metals to act, the copper and nickel will separate as individual minerals, the sharpness of separation being dependent on the fluidity of the mass and the time occupied in cooling. 3 separating the “ bot- - toms’ or erude sul- phide of nickel and — in drawing the fol-. If copper-nickel- Segregation in Ores and Mattes. 185 If we now examine the Sudbury ore-deposits, a general Fie. 44, resemblance in their for- coe Pt rt err? mation tothe formation of e _ mineral in mattes may be 2- - readily seen. The ten- Z ~ dency of copper pyrites to acs . separate from the nickeli- 8-2 - ferous pyrrhotite is very a ~ noticeable. However close- a - ly the two minerals may s— — be intermingled, each is ul _ entirely free from traces of e— — the other. The chalcopy- a ~ rite is free from nickel, Ly oo aaah eae ee |} while the pyrrhotite beside Bee ee SS. iy is equally free’ from Seetian vertical line of matte. copper. Beside this chemi- he per cent. copper taken as 100. Vertical lines distance from top. Horizontal Cal separation, there is an Fy, aaa aaa equally noticeable physical _ separation. Bell’ Kemp’ and others have remarked the ten- dency of copper pyrites to separate in veins or stringers of ore surrounding masses of included diorite. It may be stated, as a rule, that copper tends toward the rock, whether forming the vein-walls or forming included masses. The miners often remark the way in which copper follows the rock, and look on the presence of massive copper ore as indicating an approach to the rock. In driving a drift from the shaft which is sunk in the clean diorite to and through the ore, the first symptoms of the presence of the vein are small shots or pockets of copper pyrites impregnating the rock. Coming nearer to the ore-body, the amount of copper increases,® large masses being met with before. any nickel is found. On reaching the ore-vein proper, the copper pyrites is found 1! Report on Sudbury Mining District, 1888-90, p. 49. 2 Ore-Deposits of the United States, p. 319. 3-Peters: Modern Copper Smelting, p. 291. 184 Canadian Record of Scrence. mixed with pyrrhotite and rock, while in the heart of the Fie. 5, vein a large quantity of nearly pure Galina pyrrhotite almost free from copper is found. The cross-section of the ore-body then shows as follows: rock, copper-ore and rock, copper- nickel ore, nickel ore, copper-nickel ore,copper ore and rock, and, finally, rock again. This can be mapped in the form of a curve across the ore-body in a horizontal line, the height of the curves showing the ratio of copper and nickel. The figure does not, of course, represent a cross-section of any particular mine, but shows, as well as can be done without figures, the manner in which copper and nickel are found on cross-cutting a large vein such as at the Copper Cliff mine. As there is much ore inter- bbe dhe be ed mixed with the rocky walls, and. Cone e mon peresnt, Hort. MANY included fragments of rock zontal jomoutside. ~~ in_ the ore-body itself, and as each mass of rock tends to attract copper-ore, it follows that | Cg ‘ the ore as mined WME emcee shows about equal amounts of copper and _ ‘nickel. = Fig. 6 must then be "140 130 120 410 400 go 80 taken merely as i a general indi- bo . re 50 cation of . the ae We es Bd Ga We ne ae ce ed Bs way in which Central horizontal line of matte. Horizontal distance = distance from outside to centre of pot. 7 ; Vertical height = per cent. of metals. th e€ min erals occur at the Copper Cliff mine. ¥ tA Segregation in Ores and Mattes. 185 A general tendency of copper to disperse to the rock and to the vein walls, and of nickel to concentrate towards the centre of the deposit, is thus shown to exist in the ore-body. Comparing Fig. 6 with Fig. 5, it will be seen that in matte, as well as in ore, the travel of the metals is the same, copper moving outward along a horizontal line toward the cool outer surface, and nickel moving inward to the centre. That copper-ore is attracted by the rock is readily seen on examining the rock heaps at the various mines. This eo B Prerte & 2 Ra re Body sey es Cee Sater tee Horizontal Central Line of Ore-Body. rock occurs not only at the edges of the deposit, but also in masses of every shape and size in the ore-body. If the ratio of copper and nickel in the ore be taken as 1 to 1, a.e., 100 pounds copper to every 100 pounds nickel, the ratio in the sorted rock will be from 150 to 200 pounds copper to every 100 pounds nickel. These metals are not an essential constituent of the rock, but occur as shots and veinlets of ore scattered through a dioritic matrix. We are justified, then, in stating that in the ore-body the tendency of copper is outward along a horizontal line toward the rock, while the motion of mickel is inward toward the centre of the vein. It has been often said that the Sudbury ore-deposits were originally worked for their copper contents, and that the presence of nickel was noticed only after deeper excavations had been made. This is in a certain sense true. The surface workings of the Copper Cliff mine, for example, yielded nearly pure copper pyrites, while the lower levels give nearly equal proportions of copper and 186 Canadian Record of Science. nickel. The change is regular and gradual.! Business considerations forbid the use of comparative figures, but in general terms it may be said that a deposit which shows large amounts of copper and small amounts of nickel at the surface, changes regularly with the depth to a nearly equal ratio at the present time. The tendency of copper and nickel to separate—the copper outward and the nickel inward—-seems also to increase with the depth. Taking the copper as unity, and plotting the percentage of nickel at each level as a factor thereof, the ratio of the two metals will be shown to approach each other as the depth increases. Comparing this Fig. 7 with Fig. 4A, it will be seen that in the mattes the tendency is to change from a high copper matte at the surface to matte carrying nearly equal amounts of copper and nickel at about one-third the depth of the pot, then a rapid decrease of copper and increase of nickel near the centre, and a recovery to nearly equal parts of copper and nickel at the bottom. In the ore we cannot tell what proportion of the depth of the deposit has been opened out, but there is, nevertheless, a parallelism between the ratio of copper and nickel in the ore as far as opened and the ratio of copper and nickel in the upper half of the matte pot. From the behavior of copper-nickel mattes kept for a long time in a molten condition, we have drawn the inference that in proportion as the time of cooling is prolonged, the more perfect is the separation of copper and nickel into their respective sulphides. If the theory of igneous origin be the correct explanation of the Sudbury ore-bodies, it is evident that the upper and outer portions of the deposit were the first to cool, while in the centre and lower part of the deposit the sulphides have longer remained fluid. If, then, a parallelism exists between the ore and the matte, we would expect to find the separation 1 Levat: Progres de la Metallurgie du Nickel, p. 27. Segregation in Ores and Mattes. 187 of nickel more perfect on the lower levels than on the upper. This is in reality the case. The nickel-bearing portion of the Sudbury ores consists of magnetic pyrr- hotite containing more or less intermixed pentlandite. Nickel may be considered to exist in the pyrrhotite as a foreign element, replacing a certain portion of the iron. Pentlandite, on the other hand, is a true nickel mineral (Fe+ Ni), S, containing, approximately, Ni, 35 per cent. ; Fe, 30.25; 8, 34.75. While it is true that the percentage of nickel in the picked nickel ore does not vary much with the depth, yet the deeper the mine the more perfect will be the separation of nickel as a true nickel mineral. This nickel min- eral does not oc- cur in separate massive form, but as small crystals or patches, vary- ing in size from that of a pin’s head to a hazel nut, intimately associated with the pyrrhotite. By crushing to a rather coarse powder and sort- Vertical central line of ores. ing with a mag- Ratio of nickel to copper in ores. Vertical line = copper net, the minerals taken as unity. Heavy line = ratio of nickel. Light line | shows average variation of nickel ratio. Vertical distance Call be separated shows depth from surface. : for analysis. In ore from near the surface the crystals of pyrrhotite are small-grained, bright and sharply lustrous, containing more than one-half of the total nickel as an element replacing iron; while in ore from a depth of several hundred feet the pyrrhotite is largely in soft, dull crystals Fig. 7. 188 Canadian Record of Science. containing very little nickel as an element replacing iron. The following analyses will show this tendency : Copper Cliff Mine. : Per cent. of Total | Per cent. of Total r _ Depth in feet. | Ni in Pyrrhotite. | Ni in Pentlandite. Surface. In samples of ore of the same percentage in nickel, taken from different depths in the deposit, the nickel separates as an- individual mineral more perfectly as the depth increases, or, in other words, at those points in the deposit where, if the igneous theory be true, the ore has remained longest in the molten condition, and better opportunity has been offered for physical and chemical separation. We have now seen that an agreement in the method of arrangement of the elements exists between the ores and mattes along the following lines :— 1. The tendency of copper in both ores and mattes is to rise vertically upward and accumulate at the surface, and also, 2. To travel horizontally outward from the centre and accumulate on the outer cooling surfaces. 3. The tendency of nickel in both ores and inattes is to sink vertically toward the centre, and also, 4. To leave the outer cooling surfaces and to travel horizontally inward toward the centre. 5. In both ores and mattes the separation of nickel in the lower part of the deposits as an individual mineral sulphide is in direct proportion to the fluidity of the mass and the length of time occupied in cooling. It does not seem possible to explain this parallelism by any other theory than this; that the nickel deposits of Sudbury existed primarily as eruptions of molten sulphides mixed with the constituents of the dioritic Segregation in Ores and Mattes. 189 enclosures, and that by gradual cooling the diorite was first separated, then the copper as copper pyrites, and the iron as pyrrhotite containing some nickel, and, finally, in those portions remaining longest molten the nickel separated as a true nickel mineral. While this view may be at variance with the theories of many authorities, yet it seems to be the only conclusion feasible in view of the similarity in the manner of segregation of the elements in eopper-nickel ores and mattes. APPENDED NOTE TO THE PAPER! oF Mr. BROWNE. By J. F. Kemp. That the reactions of metallurgical processes have served to throw much light on the problems of igneous rocks has long been recognized, and from the observations of J. H. L. Vogt, and others, on slags and the artificial minerals yielded by them, important inferences have been drawn regarding rocks. This source of evidence is a fruitful and suggestive one, for, although on a small scale when compared with voleanic phenomena, the parallelism, so far as it goes, is close—the principal difference being that slags cool quickly, under slight pressure and without the presence of mineralizers. The advantages are that the reactions are under observation, and all the factors can be noted. Late developments in the mining of associated nickel and copper ores, and attempts both recent and early to utilize titaniferous magnetites have exposed such geological relations that many observers have felt compelled to regard the ores themselves as of igneous origin. They occur in rocks of this original character, and ores that show small evidence of any geological disturbance. In the case of the associated sulphides of nickel and copper, the occurrence of the ores in the outer portions of the intrusions has been the chief argument 1 This note is added with the full sanction of Mr. Browne. 190 Canadian Record of Science. against their igneous origin, for they have been regarded as contact deposits, and have been referred by the writers cited above by Mr. Browne, to aqueous solutions. But as our knowledge increases of the changes that take place in those molten magmas that have remained in this condition some time before crystallizing, we have come to recognize that very important differentiations take place, and always with the relative increase of the basic minerals toward the outer portions. Alfred Harker has shown this for gabbros in England; Pirsson has done the same for syenitic rocks in Central Montana, and G. P.. Merrill for others in the south-western portion of the same State. Many other observers have noted equally significant, though less extensive manifestations of similar phenomena. Instead of magmas being fairly homogeneous and stable, we must regard them as quite the reverse, and as subject to changes and differentiation, whose causes we perhaps do not yet fully understand. It is not every magma that holds enough metallic elements to yield an ore-body ; but where such are present with sulphur, it is reasonable to infer that the resulting sulphides would follow the course of the basic minerals. If the latter tend to segregate toward the contacts, so would the former. This is the line of argument that has been previously followed. Mr. Browne’s paper now adds the further important point that even in small amounts of fused matter, and above all in those made still more fluid in the Orford process by the addition of sodium sulphide, the two metals, nickel and copper, tend to separate according to the relations that are observed on a large scale in ore-bodies. While we do not fail to appreciate that it is a long step from a pot of fused matte to a great ore-body some hundreds of feet in extent, yet the parellelism is very significant, and it is fair to infer that what holds good for the small amount would be even more marked in the large. Book Notices. "AO Note. The British Medical Journal states that a new and unexpected agency is having a most beneficial effect in contributing to the abatement of the smoke nuisance in London. ‘The relative clearness of the London atmosphere within the last twelve months has been plainly apparent, and the smoke cloud which obscures the London atmos- phere appears to be progressively hightening. Mr. Ernest Hart, Chairman of the Smoke Abatement Exhibition in London, frequently pointed out that the greatest contri- butors to the smoke cloud of London were the small grates of the enormous number of houses of the poor, and a great deal of ingenuity had been exhausted with relatively little success in endeavoring to abate this nuisance. ‘The use of gas fires was urgently recommended, ‘but had hitherto been difficult, owing to its cost and the want of suitable apparatus. The rapid and very extensive growth of the use of gas for cooking as well as lighting purposes by the working classes, due to the introduction of the “penny-in-the-slot” system, is working a great revolution in the London atmosphere. During the last four years the South London Gas Company alone has fixed 50,000 slot metres and nearly 38,000 small cooking stoves in the houses of the workingmen. Book NotIcEs. APPLETON’S ScHOOL Puysics. (American Book Company.) This handsome volume of 544 pp. is the joint production of Professors Mayer, Nipher, Holman and Crocker, under the literary superinten- dence of Professor Quackenbos. It is beautifully printed, various kinds of type being most judiciously employed, and profusely adorned with admirable illustrations specially prepared for this book. One looks in vain for the familiar cuts that have done duty in so many of its predecessors. Altogether it is most attractive to the student and pleasant to work in. 192 Canadian Record of Science. Nor is the matter unworthy of its presentment. It is written throughout with direct reference to practical things on the one hand, and to scientific principles and the method of establishing them by experiment on the other. Very properly a thorough account of the mechanics of visible bodies, and the properties of matter is made the basis of the other branches of Physics, and. occupies no less than 228 pp. out of the whole 544 pp. The whole subject, including the introductory mechanics, is treated in a very fresh and interesting manner. Much information not usually found in Text-books of ° Physics (e.g., the capital account of meteorology) is given. The numerous examples interspersed between the sections are mostly new, and drawn from practical life. It is justly remarked in the preface that ‘‘the reputation of the several contributors, and the standing of the great scientific schools which they represent, must secure for this work a consideration accorded to few American school-texts.’’ We think that the general merits of the book will assure the fulfilment of this prophecy, and as it is important that a book which is to be widely used should be as perfect as possible, we shall without further description of the general features of a work which every teacher of physics should see for himself, employ the rest of our space in pointing out certain blemishes which could hardly fail to arise in an attempt to re-write freshly such familiar subjects as Mechanics and Physics. The attention of teachers is called in the preface to the ‘‘ thorough and original treatment of motion, energy, force, and work. These subjects are treated with the greatest simplicity, precision, and thoroughness, for it is believed that a proper understanding of them lies at the base of all scientific knowledge, however far it may be pursued.” It is as difficult as it is important to write with simplicity and precision on elementary mechanics, especially when any attempt is made at originality of treatment; and on this account most of the criticisms we have to make will be directed against the earlier part of the book. We will note first some faults of precision. In the preliminary statements and definitions (which seem to us rather advanced in character compared with succeeding chapters) occurs the statement (p. 8) that ‘‘all our knowledge of time and space is, therefore, essentially relative,” by which is meant that we can only define one point of time or space by reference to some other. This is not the usual meaning of the word relative, as applied to knowledge in philosophy. Nor is it correct to define (p. 12) any body as homogeneous, when it is of the same density in all its parts. Velocity is stated (p. 18) to be the ratio of the distance travelled to the time occupied. But ratios are only between like things. On p. 16 a distinction is formally drawn between uniform and constant. But on pp. 18, 20, 24, 26, 28, Book Notices. 193 and generally this distinction is ignored. On p. 19 for continual read continuous. The appeal to ‘‘ experience” on p. 22, while discussing the purely kinematical motion of a point, is confusing. The value of g is stated on p. 20 for all parts of the earth without limitation. On p. 25 the figure is not drawn to the scale described in the text. A much more serious error (p. 90) is the use of the meaningless phrases ‘the unit of acceleration is one centimetre per second,” ‘‘ an accelera- tion of a centimetres per second” several times over. An incline of 5 in 100 surely means in 100 along the incline, not along the horizontal, as on p. 153. In the section on Heat (p. 290) ‘‘in proportion to’’ is used in the popular and, in this case, inaccurate sense. On p. 390 the figure of the vibrating string is misleading, and at the foot of the page the omission of ‘‘inversely’ makes the statement of the number of vibrations give the opposite of the fact. c, at the foot of p. 417, is a misprint for C, and there are misprints of numbers in lines 6 and 7 of p. 418. On p. 436 we read ‘‘ an electrified body brought near to any other body of different potential will attract it.” P. 474 should read “*The Grove and Bunsen cells also give off.”” We note on p. 481 ‘‘If wires twice as thick are used, the resistance is one half as great,” and on p. 503, ‘Why is dry air a good insulator? Because it is a non-conductor.” Further data are required to solve Questions 2 and 6 on p. 369; and C.D. (p. 431) is not drawn a horizontal through the centre of the needle, as described. The sine of an angle should not be defined as a line on p. 310, while the ordinary meaning of the tangent is assumed on p. 493. Passing to more important matters, we think that a strict logical order is too often departed from. Conservation of energy is doubtless the principle by which the branches of Physics should be connected, But surely it should be reached as a generalization after the meaning and methods of measuring energy have been carefully studied. Instead of this we first have (p. 33) with no better definition than that ‘‘energy, or the capacity of doing work, is possessed by matter in virtue of its mass and velocity” (Capitals), a general statement of the conser- vation, transformations, and availability of energy. It is not till p. 95 that the student learns how energy depends on velocity, and then only from a definition of the energy as $ MV. Work having been indepen- dently defined as measured by the product of the force into the distance, a numerical example is then taken of the energy acquired by a falling body. Its velocity is calculated (p. 96) from the formula V?=2¢s. The energy and work done having been deduced from the formule E=4MV? and W=F%, it is remarked that these results must necessarily be the same, for the two formule must, of course, be equivalent. Again (on p. 362) in an explanation of polarization, we find, ‘‘ According to the accepted undulatory theory of light,” though 13 194 Canadian Record of Science. no account of this has been given, beyond a few remarks in the beginning of the chapter (70 pages before), in which it is stated that ‘‘the ether vibrations pass off in all directions by a species of wave-motion.” The properties of wave-motion are not described at all till in the following chapter on Sound, where, after some examples of vfbration, we find the statement that ‘‘To represent a sound-wave a curve is used, called the sinusoidal curve,” and the curve is figured. But no proof is given that this does represent a sound-wave, nor is simple harmonic vibration anywhere investigated. On p. 456 the explanation of the condenser is given thus: ‘‘ The reason for the greater capacity of one of the plates when near the other is due to the attraction between the two charges.” But Capacity is not explained till p. 458, where the definition is reached that ‘‘ The capacity of a body for electricity is measured by the amount of electricity required to raise its potential by unity.” This itself will puzzle a student who has only been told (twenty pages before) that ‘‘when neighboring bodies differ in such a way that electrical phenomena are observed in the region between them, the bodies are said to be at different potentials.” He may wonder not only what kind of a difference this is, but also what is a unity of it. The excellent hydraulic illustrations given later (p. 478) will help to relieve his perplexity. After the parallelogram of forces has been established, it seems a fault of method to recur to experiment for the proof of the principle of moments (p. 111) and of central forces (p. 113.) The fewer the experimental principles from which a science can be’ deduced, the better. Other experimental results then come in as verifications of theory. Of actual mistakes we have observed few. But on p. 29 occurs the following : ‘‘ It is found also to be true that the amount of work done to produce a given acceleration in a given object is the same at what ever velocity the particle is already moving ; for instance, to accelerate its motion by 10 feet a second would require no more work if the object is moving a mile a second than if its velocity is only a foot a second, or if at the outset it was zero.” The student who relies on formulae will wonder how 52902—5280? can be the same as 11?—-1?; or if he is in the habit of thinking out his dynamics, he will see that to produce a given acceleration requires a given force to act for a given time ; and that if the body is travelling at a greater rate during that time it will cover a greater space, and the force will consequently have to do more work. The source of the confusion is made clear by the question on p. 33; ‘‘ Ifa ball is at rest upon the floor, and you set it in motion so that its velocity is one foot a second, is the work done by you any greater or any less than if the ball had been moving with a velocity of 5 feet a second and you had increased it to 6 feet? Book Notices. ; 195 How would you explain this from the statements concerning rest as given under kinematics?’ The reference is, of course, to the fact that we can have no knowledge exccpt of relative motion, and the confusion arises from neglect of the warning given by Clerk Maxwell, in his little treatise on Matter and Motion, that in every mechanical problem we must begin by defining the system which we mean to ‘consider. A similar oversight led Professor Newcomb into the discovery of an elaborate mare’s nest about the relativity of energy, described in his paper in Vol. XXVII. of the Phil. Mag. Those who wish to see the whole matter placed in the clearest light, together with another reason why the absolute energy of a system can never be known to us, and the considerations which render this of no importance, should consult Maxwell’s Matter and Motion. (§§ II, III to XXX—I, CX). A confusion arising from the opposite error of neglecting to remember that all force is of the nature of stress and that all energy must be conceived as relative, or between parts of some system, leads the writer to a somewhat severe handling of Potential Energy. Thus (p. 36), a raised stone ‘‘ before it starts has no velocity and, therefore, no energy”; and (p. 39) ‘‘At the extreme end of the swing does the pendulum possess energy ?”’, to which the answer, No, is expected. _ On p. 42, we have—‘‘ In such instances the body does not possess actual energy, but only the possibility of acquiring it. It is said to possess potential or possible energy” ; again (p. 97), ‘‘ the amount of Potential Energy relatively to a given pot’; and finally (p. 98) Potential Energy receives its quietus from the scathing epithet ‘* so-called.” It is, no doubt, probable that all forms of Potential Energy may be reduced ultimately to cases of relative motion; but it seems less confusing, meanwhile, to keep the felicitous term Potential Energy to denote those forms of the capacity to do work which depend on the relative position or condition of bodies relatively at rest, without implying that the energy is in these cases less real ; while kinetic covers the cases of energy due to relative motion. This is a better distinction than that between possible and actual energy (p. 42). It is unfortunate, too, to exclude the idea of direction from the terms velocity and acceleration, as is done in such phrases as ‘‘accelerated as well as curved” (p. 56) ‘‘ the motion (with uniform velocity) may be over any path, either straight or curved.” This is certainly not a modern practice. It is more in accordance with modern fashion to discard as far as possible the idea of force as a cause historically so important and fruitful, and so harmless if properly safeguarded. How necessary this conception is appears from the fact that after defining (p. 44) force as ‘“any tendency to acceleration,” and rejecting the usual definition not 196 Canadian Record of Science. only in the text, but in the questions (p. 48. ‘‘Is force ever the real cause of any effect? Why not? What is the cause?”’) the writer finds himself compelled to announce in a footnote (p. 76) that for convenience he will in future employ the word in its usual sense, not before he has done so many times unconsciously in the interval. We have only to add that the diagram of the Astronomical Telescope (p. 355) would be clearer if the whole pencil from one end of - the arrow had been traced, instead of one ray from each end. Nothing can be learned from it as it stands, while it may easily encourage a familiar misapprehension. On p. 364 no hint is given that the length of the rhomb of calcite must bear a certain proportion to its breadth if it is to be cut as directed in constructing a Nicol Prism. Some very recent additions to our knowledge are included in the book (e.g., Mr. Woodward's ingenious way of representing a sound- wave), but we should have been glad to see some notice of Dr. Lodge’s work on Lightning Conductors, since they are spoken of. Gleams of humor are not wanting, especially. in the questions: eg., ‘* Wild pigeons have been shot in the latitude of Albany, N.Y., with Carolina . rice in their crops. About what must have been the velocity of their flight ? (Apply scale to your map of the United States)” (p. 27). The height of the Washington Monument is assumed known (p. 101.) Other traces of nationality will be observed by the foreign reader. Joun Cox. Tue Birps or MontreAL.—By Ernest D, Wintle, Montreal. W. Drysdale & Co. Price, $1.50. This book is a welcome and valuable addition to the literature of the Natural History of Montreal and the surrounding district. We must congratulate Mr. Wintle on the completion of his task which, he tells us in his preface, has occupied him for fifteen years. This volume supplies a long felt want, and its issue will, there can be little doubt, give an immediate impulse to the study of Ornithology, especially among young men. It will be a guide to the sportsman, as well as a hand-book for the scientist. There is no more fascinating recreation than gunning for game; and it is as health-giving as it is delightful, ‘The author and his collaborateurs have had many a tramp through forests and by streams before possessing themselves of such a mass of facts as is packed into this attractive little volume. In reading it, one can fancy he hears the bracing October winds whistling through the reeds, and the whirring of the wings of the partridge startled in the thicket. The middle-aged citizen, who was accustomed to cricket and football in his youth, at least once a year, finds the old longing for out- door activity come upon him with irresistible force, and so he forsakes his desk and goes off, with rod and gun, into the northern wilds and is a boy again, for a week or two. Thus he renews his energies and keeps Book Notices. 197 up the steadiness of nerve and firmness of muscle that ought to belong to the hardy race born and bred in this northern clime. And when the taste for science is added to the keenness of the sportsman for game, the delights of such outings are immensely enhanced. The variety and rarity of the birds his gun brings down will be a matter of greater consequence than the number he bags. Three great ends are gained by the scientific sportsman. He can compete with others in obtaining game and in securing an invigorating supply of oxygen and ozone for his blood, but he has the further advantage of adding to his stock of knowledge at the same time. Mr. Wintle and the friends who have sympathized with him and helped him in making his collection of birds had evidently many enjoyable trips to the country during the last fifteen years; and they used their opportunities well. The result has been that the author can speak confidently as to the fulness and accuracy of the list of the Avifauna of the Montreal district, which he supplies in this volume. ‘To add to the list, even the spoils of the pot hunters have been carefully enquired into, the stalls of the Bonsecours and other markets having been often visited with a view to noting the species offered for sale and the localities whence they were procured, It is fitting that the knowledge of the Natural History of the city and district of Montreal, with so famous a school of science in its centre, should be as complete as possible. This book of Mr. Wintle’s will at least establish for our city a claim to precedence over every other place in the Dominion, so far as the Department of Ornithology is concerned. The geology of the district has long been known; and there is also a fair approximation to an acquaintance with its botany. This publication cannot but stimulate amateurs working in other departments not yet wholly overtaken to continue to prosecute their researches, in the hope that they too may soon be able to present to the ‘public lists as complete as Mr. Wintle can claim this one of his of the Birds of the District is. Not since 1839 has there been any attempt to catalogue the A wifauna of Montreal. A list was compiled in that year by the late Prof, A. Hall, M.D., which was published in the ‘‘ Canadian Naturalist and Geologist” in 1861-2, and for which he was awarded a medal by the Natural History Society of Montreal. Although Prof. Hall’s was . regarded at the time as a fairly complete list, it was in comparatively few hands, and so, for practical purposes, the lovers of birds in the district had to be content with such knowledge of the subject as they themselves could pick up, with the help of those larger general works to which they could get access. There is, perhaps, no depart- ment of Natural History in which so many persons are interested as Ornithology. Birds are most attractive creatures; and those who may long have wished to know more about those beautiful, agile, gentle visitants which build nests in their orchards yearly, or flit from limb to limb of the trees on the Mountain Park, can now gratify their desire. 198 Canadian Record of Scienee. It is interesting to contrast Mr. Wintle’s list with Dr. Hall’s. Making allowance for the change of nomenclature, the whole 208 species embraced in the latter, with the exception of 13, are included by our author as having been lately seen in the district of Montreal. Mr. Wintle’s volume embraces 65 additional species, in all 254 kinds of birds that are either permanently resident here, or visit us every year for a longer or shorter period. Of this number, only 11 are permanent residents, 16 are winter visitants, 77 are summer visitants, 132 are transient visitants, while as many as 17 are accounted accidental visitants. : The first 135 pages are occnpied with notes on the 254 species described, giving place and date of their capture; while the next 89 pages are taken up with a detailed description of them, to help in their determination by amateur scientists. The closing pages contain some breezy sporting sketches by well known devotees of the gun in the city ; and these give a completeness to the volume which adds to its attractiveness. The publishers have also done their part well ; the general make-up of the book being a credit to Canadian enterprise. R. C g ANNUAL REPORT OF THE GEOLOGICAL SURVEY OF CANADA. New Series. Vol. VII., 1894. This large volume of over 1,200 pages contains, in addition to the Summary Report of the Operations of the Survey for 1894, seven detailed reports on certain portions of the Dominion, and is accompanied by eleven geological maps. The Summary Report shows that geological work is being carried on by the large staff of the Survey jn every part of the Dominion. Especial mention is made of the trial borings now being put down at Athabasca Landing in the North- West Territories, where there is good reason to believe large supplies of oil will be obtained from the Devonian rocks at a depth of about 1,500 feet. An accountis also given of the recent advances in the development of the mining industry of British Columbia, where, of late years, such extensive mineral deposits have been discovered, as well as of the explorations in the Labrador peninsula, carried out by Mr. Low, who has discovered in this inhospitable region deposits of iron ore which are believed to surpass in size any that have hitherto been discovered in North America. | Of the special reports, two deal with British Columbia, one by Dr. G. M. Dawson, containing a description of a portion of the Interior Plateau of that province in the Kamloops district, and the other by Mr. R. G. McConnell, giving an account of the exploration of the Finlay and Omineca Rivers. These are followed by a report on the country about Red Lake in Keewatin, by Mr. Dowling. The fourth report is by Dr. R. W. Ells and Dr. F. D. Adams on a portion of the Book Notices. 199 Province of Quebec, comprising the Island of Montreal and a_ part of the ‘‘ Kastern Townships” to the south and east. Mr. Chambers then describes the superficial geology of the Provinces of New Brunswick, Nova Scotia and Prince Edward Island, while in the concluding reports Dr. Hoffmann and Mr. Ingall treat of the chemical work of the Survey on the mineral statistics of the Dominion respectively. Dr. Dawson’s report contains an excellent description of the Interior Plateau of British Columbia from both a geographical and geological standpoint. The very extensive development of the Cambrian in this part of the Dominion is noted, as well as the continued voleanic activity from Cambrian to recent times, the volcanic materials, at a very moderate computation, having a thickness of 20,000 feet. The map accompanying the report of Dr. Ells and Dr. Adams will be of the greatest value to all naturalists working in the vicinity of Montreal, combining, as it does, a presentation of the topography of the district with all roads, etc., on a séale of four miles to one inch, with that of the geological structure of this portion of the province which is well brought out by the colors in which the map is printed. The map comprises an area of about 7,500 square miles, extending from about Ste. Agathe on the north-west to Lake Memphremagog on th south-east. A more extended notice of it will be given in the next number of THE RecokD oF SCIENCE. In an appendix to the report, Dr. Ami gives a most welcome list of all the fossils hitherto recognized in the various geological formations occurring in the area, a list which will be of much service to the Society in future geological excursions. The Geological Survey is doing excellent work for the Dominion of Canada in many ways, and it is to be especially regretted that the priceless collections illustrating the natural history of the Dominion and its economic resources, which have been gradually accumulated through a long series of years, are so miserably housed, being stored in a building which is not only not fireproof, but is in continual danger of collapse through the weight of the specimens which it contains. It might be destroyed in an hour, and the Dominion would thus be deprived of treasures, many of which could never be replaced. The offices, also, are inadequate and inconvenient, and the space available in the museum has become too restricted. The advantage to Canada of an adequate display of its mineral resources can scarcely be exaggerated, and that the museum, even in its present state, possesses much interest to the general public is evidenced by the fact that more than 26,000 visitors have registered during the past year. The Government should see that a suitab?e building is provided for this important department of the public service, as the present one is nothing short of a disgrace. 200 Canadian Record of Science. PROCEEDINGS OF THE AUSTRALIAN ASSOCIATION FOR THE ADVANCE- MENT OF SCIENCE, 1895. Very few countries should be of more interest to Canadians than the large island continent of Australia. Like Canada of some forty years ago, it is a collection of some five or six different colonies professing allegiance to Britain. It is at the present time considering the question of federation, studying our political system, and endeavoring to avoid what they consider its faults. Then its natural history differs in many respects from that of Canada; its fauna as peculiar as are its aborigines; the country itself, with its large arid plains, scarcely any large rivers or lakes and a climate quite the opposite to our own. All this excites an interest, which is increased by hearing of the labors of so many earnest and talented workers in the different branches of natural science. ‘The record of these labors in the volume mentioned above is, therefore, a most welcome addition to our scientific literature. : The meeting held at Brisbane in January, 1895, was presided over by the Hon. A. C. Gregory, who, for many years, held the position of Surveyor-General. His address was upon ‘‘ The Geographical History of the Australian Continent during its Successive Phases of Geological Development.” The President, at the close of his address, gives the following summary : ‘‘ Australia, after its first appearance in the form of a group of small islands on the east, and a larger island on the west, was raised at the close of the Paleozoic period into a continent of at least double its present area, including Papua, and with a mountain range of great altitude. In the Mesozoic times, after a grand growth of vegetation which formed its coal beds, it was destined to be almost entirely submerged in the cretaceous sea, but was again resuscitated in the Tertiary period with the geographical form it now presents. Thus its climate, at the time of this last elevation, maintained a magnificent system of rivers which drained the interior into Spencer’s Gulf, but the gradual decrease in rainfall has dried up these water courses, and their channels have been nearly obliterated, and the country changed from one of great fertility to a comparatively desert interior, which can only be partially reclaimed by the deep boring of artesian wells.” The introductory address by J..H. Maiden, President of Section B, was upon the ‘‘ Chemistry of the Australian Indigenous Vegetation.” Professor David’s address to Section C deals with the two glaciations observable in Australia. The first in the Permo-Carboniferous, the second in the Pleoscene or Pleistocene time. Baron von Mueller, in Section EK, considers the commerce of Australia with neighboring countries in relation to geography. In Section F is an interesting address on the Prehistoric Arts of the Aborigines of Australia. In Section I, the teaching of science in matters of health. Many other Book Notices. 201 interesting papers are also to be found among the proceedings of the different sections. Speaking of the disruption and elevation of strata in the Permo-Carboniferous age (Gympic beds) when the more important Auriferous deposits of both the eastern and western parts of the continent were formed, Mr. Gregory says in his inaugural address :— There was not only great disruption of the strata, but igneous rocks forced themselves into the fissures of the sedimentary beds, and the resulting metamorphism of the adjacent rocks increased the confusion, as beds of slate may be traced through the transformation of their sedimentary character by the recrystallisation of their component elements into diorites, having that peculiar structure of radiating crystals which usually characterises rocks of voleanic origin. As regards the Auriferous deposits in these lodes, it appears that the simple fissures were filled with water from the ocean or deep-seated sources ; but in either case the powerful electric currents which continually traverse the earth’s surface east and west met resistance at the lines of <«lisruption, and electric action being developed the mineral and metallic salts in the water in the fissure and the adjacent rocks would be decomposed, and the constituents deposited as bases, such as gold and silver, or as compounds, such as quartz, calespar, and sulphide of iron, all which were in course of deposit at the same time, as the angles of the crystals cut into each other. The theory of thermal springs is contra-indicated as the lime appears as calespar, a form occurring in cold solutions and not in the form of Aragonite as in hot solutions. There have been many speculations as to the sources from which the gold was derived, but that which best accords with the actual conditions is that the metal exists in very minute quantities in the mass of the adjacent rocks, from which it has been transferred through the agency of electric currents and the solvent action of Alkaline Chlorides, which dissolve small quantities of the precious metals, and would be subject to decomposition at the places where fissures caused greater resistance to the electric current. One remarkable circumstance is that the character of the rocks forming the sides of the fissures has an evident influence on the richness of the ores in metal, where lime, magnesia, or other alkaline compounds or graphite enter into their composition, the gold especially is more abundant than where the rocks contain silica and alumina only. In Queensland, Gympic affords some instructive examples of fissure lodes. In some large masses of rock have fallen into the fissure before the ore was deposited, and have formed what miners term ‘‘ horses,”’ where the lode splits into two thin sheets to again unite below the fallen mass. . . . The ore was originally an auriferous pyrites, but the sulphide of iron was largely decomposed, leaving the gold disseminated through the oxide of iron. ‘14 202 Canadian Record of Science. The auriferous deposits, which occur in the intrusive granites, appear under conditions differing from the true lodes in sedimentary rocks, as the intrusive granitoid rock forms dykes, which fill fissures in the older true granites, and also cut through the sedimentary slates. It bears evidence of intrusion in a state of fusion, or at least in plastic condition, and has subsequently crystallised, after which there has been shrinkage, causing cavities, as the sides of the dyke were held in position by the enclosing rock. The vertical shrinkage being greater than the horizontal, the cavities were nearer the horizontal than the vertical, and, being afterwards filled with ore, formed what are called floors, one characteristic of which is the tendency to lenticular form, or a central maximum thickness with thinner edges, K. 'T. CHAMBERS. Meteorological Observations, McGill College Observatory, Montreal, Canada. ABSTRACT FOR THE MONTH OF JUNE, 1896. Height above sea level, 187 feet. C. H. McLEOD, Superintendent. Ga | ee | ign THERMOMETER. , DAY, Mean.| Max. | Min. | Range. I 58.00] 66.3 52.2 14.1 2 57.20 | 65.0 48.0 17.0 3 65-42 | 77-1 51.9 25.2 4] 69.43 | 80.9 58.6 22.3 5] 73-28 | 86.4 56.9 29-5 69 69.25 | 80.3 53 3 22.0 SUNDAG. 6i5. 60-7 Be 0 es 69.9 60 2 9-7 8 59.08 | 62.2 57.6 4-6 9} 59-95] 64.9 | 55-6 9-3 10 J 59-97 | 65.9 | 56.0 9-9 irf 5375 | 65.2 50.6 14.6 12 56.02 61.1 50.7 10.4 13 J 59-38 | 67.8 48.0 19-8 | Sunpayv.. .....14 Secs 72 4 50.2 22 2 15 § 61.80 | 70.2 522 18.0 16 68 43] 79-8 59-0 20.8 17} 6895) 79.4 58.1 21.3 18 72.50 | 84.5 60.9 23.6 ry 73-95 | 82-1 63.6 18.5 20 ff 75.92 | 84.8 65-6 19. Sunpav . .....2¢ Sohcealh Myles) 63.4 12.9 22 67.13 | 71-2 55-5 15.7 23 61.56 | 69.9 52.6 17-3 24 63.25 71.0 54.0 17.0 25 65.18 715-4 55.0 20.4 269 69.15 | 79-8 61.0 18.8 27 66.85 | 746 59.0 35.6 Sunpay........ 2g... 81.3 59.9 21.4 29 59-55 | 68.2 51.2 17.0 30 59 50 | 68.1 44.2 23-9 31 Sane iene a Means ..... .....§ 64.59 | 72.49] 55 66 | 17.73 22 Years means for and including 65.01 | 73-79 | 56-44 | 17.35 this month ..... Sky CLoupeD In Tents BAROMETER. f Meau — — —]—_ Smee pressure relative] Dew Mean} ¢ | of vapor.Jhumid-j point. { General |velocity} 32 alg Meaa. Max. Min. ity. direction. jin miles} S s a perhoury ~~ = 29.8930 | 30.010 29.798 3270 67.8 47-2 N.W. 13.54 4-7| 9| 0 30.0870 30.122 30.037 2777 59-7 43-2 N. W. 11.75 1.8 8] 0 30.0887 | 30.152 30.037 3558 56.3 49-2 S.W. 16.37 0.0] tr} 0° 30.0178 | 30.075 29.964 3342 48.2 47-7 Ss. W. 12.25 o.2| 1] 0 30.0245 30.097 29.976 4248 53-2 54-5 W 5 00 0.0 o|lo 30-0175 | 30.090 29-Q7t 5233 73-3 60.2 N.E, 7-75 5.2} 10] 0 29.7432 | 29.838 29.646 . 4805 95-7 57-8 SE. 7.96 10.0] 10] 10 29.6265 29.675 29.587 -4575 89 0 56.5 N.E. 13.46 8.3 | 10 ° 29.6378 | 29.672 29.559 2445 47-5 39-8 N.W. | 13.50 J 2.8] 10| © 29 5478 | 29 593 29.478 +2963 60.5 44-7 W. 20.66 | 67] 10] o 29-6593 | 29-790 29.594 +2935 66.0 F 44.3 N.E, 8.42 5-8| 10] o 29.9013 29-993 29-619 +3025 59 5 45-3 N.E,. 6.21 0.2 I ° Se, Reel aiege sete . 5. Gare eiaek oe ne NB, 9.38 Scie lfosetecl Ieee 30.1802 30.219 39.105 3777 69.2 51.2 S W. 5.54 6.5 | 10] o go.1190 | 30.188 30.061 4515 5°5 56.0 S.W. 12.33 z.2 || 4 | <0 29.9752 30.069 29.902 4562 65.8 56.3 S. WwW. If.15 3.7 | 10 ° 29.8980 | 29.935 29.845 5571 7o.8 61.8 Ss. W. 14 88 0.6| 4] 0 29.8866 29-955 29.813 5256 63.3 62.5 S.W. 13.42 3.8 9 ° 29.8635 | 29.875 29.837 - 5633 63.2 62.2 Ss. W. 14.03 4.0| 10] 0 Oa eee Potetsinie ' bee ALE BAS Ss, W. 12.00 creel | Behe 29.7360 | 29.937 29.612 4562 66.8 54.8 N W. 16.46 2.8] 8] 0 30.0492 | 30.096 30.006 3542 63-5 49-2 N.W. 10.56 1.8 | 10] o 30.2103 | 30.252 30.104 3488 60.3 48.6 E, 10.92 Beatie | 0 30.1826 30.276 30.067 4306 725 55-0 Seah (3.88 4-5 | lo ° 29.9015 | 29.967 29.838 5012 72-3 58.7 S. W. 14.71 5.0] 10] o 29.9262 | 39.045 29 794 4565 69.3 55-6 Ss. W. 11.38 maga) 4 |e Sorat oe oe nal> |) Messen! iaomece S. W 14.12 i ba 29.7090 | 29.929 29, 562 3673 71-0 49 8 S.W 18.79 4.5 | 10 | © 30.0587 | 30.164 29.992 3155 62.5 49-5 S.W 16.25 37] 10] 0 29.9208 | 30.0005 29.8463 - 4031 65.72 52.29 IS. 634%° W.| 12.04 3-17 |7.46| 0.4 29.8937 sees sense 4363 69-73 ale BAe $13.12 5.6]. 4 isi es a. [=| ae 33 a} =3 | Sa BS a gga| os | fs | a5 DAY x on ae of E saa) 2 & as a qo O.OL eee 0,oL I 94 seee eae 2 96 see 3 99 earalllatg 74 : alive 5st oe +. | 6 90 1.05 veoe | 2*95 | Jace «ceeeesSUNDAY, 00 0.24 ae logs | 58 ay We eeeBl |] sone leech ow 82 rR aan wee | TO 59 | Inap, ..» |Inmap,} rx 37 | Inap. «+ |Inap.} x2 QL oir) Apne meilixg 69 oe oa . Cascada de ..SUNDAY 7 oe . 15 8r a cee . 16 go eee ae cane [m7 86 5a sees | 18 gr ees EPrael pecker pe) 88 . oe: 20 10 1.26 erase nt uk aS OM eae stetpeaareiy » SUNDAY 94 vee BCE no 22 gt ves Soteml| acerca ee 85 eee sae we 24 60 ave Bor 25 50 0.05 0,05 | 26 89 tr: 27 39 0.04 Pee) [0s04) |! R8lncleeis ene UND AM 69 0.03 0.03 | 29 63 | Inap. Inap.| 30 oe oe. 3r 64.6 | 4.06 Are 7h |acay Deoeanc eee Sinn: es) 22 Years means for [53-8 | 3.5 oe 3.5t | 4and including this month, * Barometer readings reduced to sea-level and temperature of 32° Fahrenheit. ANALYSIS OF Direction........] N. N.E. E. S.E. MISH: a ccue> sees!) peas 1094 213 829 Durationin hrs..| .... 122 32 66 Mean velocity... . ee) 8.96 6.66 12.56 Sy S.W. Ww. N.W. Cam. § Observed. tae 3905 577 1873 t Pressure of vapour in inches of mercary. = oT | ON | f Humidity relative, saturation being 100. 27 291 45 130 7 1 15 years only. s Ten years only. The greatest heat was 86.4° on the 5th; the Greatest mileage in one hour was 35 on the r Greatest velocity in gusts, 48 miles per hour on e 29th. greatest cold was 44.2° on the 3Uth, giving a Resultant mileage, 3706, range of temperature of 42.2 degrees. Resultant direction, S. 633° W. Total mileage, 8c94. ; Average velocity, 12.04 miles per hour. Warmest day was the 20th. Coldest day was the 12th. Highest barometer reading was 30.276 on the 25th. wowest barometer was 29.478 on the llth, giving a range of .798 inches. Maximum relative humidity was 99.0 on the 9th, Mini- mum relative humidity was 29.0 on the 4th. Rain fell on 11 days. Auroras were observed on 1 night onthe 16th. Thunder storms on 2 days, on the 7th and 21st. - of le ‘ » ES - } te * ‘ ry kh Y . \ : 7 An 5 : ' ns . a " . ’ “ys a & s i i |! ae ms 1 a - . ‘ oa § f . ae ae ae x ? ° \, § eal ie i - + . 4.” . iz se - eS ah x pet <———ghte rz x wr . { s bas »,° 4 K : hy | b> 2 ] + ’ . f 5 bd : ; a Fey af ‘ . on >! > ‘ , sd fay 4 : a Baptiste ne ten ey ’ 7 a em iad f KR > * Belt pase oe aa “? ‘A ‘ 4 * , Pan’ ok: 12 m°,| i ’ 4 v1, . ¢ + a ~ ' ‘ ’ , j a. , : y i eee ‘ =f a fr a t , B 4 ’ ~ i 7 t, pe ' , os er ca ‘ . \ hal aa n ' 4 “ eo , oh ae \ y + ® ee: ’ , = re Ta ‘ wa t + f me aus : a [ : bay: ms ie An Neat) « ry f * “ _ y f ” £05 Vial { ¥ 3 : , ‘ * Pe hte ee alee eee be SR, Ce ¥ ‘3 - » ’ Ld 3 f iow t le ? 7 it 1 pr ieny XV ‘ Rr ay tos ‘ z D nd } ~ ¥ wat? Nel i ne / MEY Ae . ' i ry ’ ‘ T¥ i if ; * + = = 2 or +2 o “ ~ Sys * ~ ¥ a Le Pl et ey = ctu ’ S } q 25 i : wins! OF eae wine 4 4 ce ‘ ‘ ; nee BAS . > Teh ty aera Be eG a aA rin a a AAS Shey Dude fake ’ ‘ ‘ * Yes, } , a ie ‘¥ * i . ’ er Get Sp ey aero ee . ‘ ; eat & - ‘ * i : s = ABSTRACT FOR THE MONTH OF JULY F , 1896. ee Meteorological Observations, McGill College Observatory, Montrea), Canada. Height above sea level, 187 feet. C. H. McLEOD, Superintendent. ¥ # SKy CLOUDED J. 3 , THERMOMETER. BAROMETER. +M it WIND. In TENTHS. S 32 a a | 33 Ss —— ser a a 6an { Mean —_———|—_— -— ola ae Sa i} 2 DAY, pressure jrelativel Dew Mean} g gee] 2a | 38 aa DAY d < of vapor.Jhumid-} point. | General |velocity, Wl ge fass! 28 Es |-a ; Mean.| Max. | Min. |Range.f Mean. Max. Min. Range. ity. direction. |in miles} & 6 eae 3 of le E perhour a |=|= a 8 ee a —= -—— — —| ——-. —=. —j— — —— ff ——... a | a | ie] 1 70.68] 78.4 62.1 16.3 30.0913 | 30.131 30.011 ~120 4862 65.0 57-8 S.W. 13.00 1.2] 3] of 88 0,00 aiwaat ([tOzaas |e 2 74.50 89.3 59.2 30.1 30.0237 30.200 29.890 -310 5173 62.3 59.7 s.W. 19.88 0.0} o|] o 87 eae ane dene 2 3 59-90] 67.3 55.6 11.7 30.1542 | 30.224 go.082 ~142 +3590 yoo 49.8 E. 18.58 8.3] 10] 5 32 0.09 recy 0.09] 3 . 4] 58.66 | 62.3 | 53.7 8.6 29.9395 | 30.122 29-755 +307 4835 9} 97-9 58.2 N.E, 11.08 J} 10.0 | 10| 10f 00 | 2.04 Soon, (peeen lla ; SUNDAR..cccceecS | asus | 63.6 56.0 7.6 Ancients EE ts Se, ear bee . N.W 12.25 I 0.23 0.2 S . or se -W. . wiviee liste wel vo . seen . +08 eeseees D 69 62.62] 71.0 55.0 16.0 29.9133 | 29.980 29.850 «130 5138 89 8 59-5 N.E. 7.2 8.2) 10] 4 26 0.00 fs en é ee , 749 05.11 | 73-4 58.4 15.0 29.8665 | 29.893 29.849 044 5235 84.3 60.2 Ss. W. 12.83 6.3 | 10} of 47 0.07 Sade owns Ila, 8 69.23 | 78.3 56.4 21.9 30.0160 | 30.121 29.891 230 ~5143, 72.8 63,0 Saws 18,38 32) | 765|) 0 79 sae aan Swe 8 9 72.05 79.1 63.3 35.8 30.1468 | 30.215 30.080 -135 25983 73.8 63.0 A 10.25 6.8 | 10] 0 26 0.12 Pr 0.12 | 9 : tof 74.25 | 80.2 68.8 1l.4 29.0533 | 39.133 29.982 151 5570 66.6 62.0 Saale 15.79 45|10| off 81 0.00 +see | 9.00 | Io 11] 73-33 | 79-4 660 13-4 29.9447 | 29.997 29.887 +110 6155 74-5 64.8 Ss. W. 15.33 4.2} 9| off 64 tees aaa seen fxn Sunway. .......12 ainsi 86.7 68.0 18.7 BACCO oS Reecers Paosde mote Saat i See Ss. W. 19.30 Siete a(t | satus 86 0.00 0.00 | 12 SunDAY 13] 70.63 | 82.0 65.0 17.0 29.7968 | 29.832 29.708 2124 6193 83. 65.0 N.W. 3.00 5.2|10| 29 46 0.36 vex 0.36 We cag 14 J 68.02 75-8 60.1 15-7 29.8885 | 29.949 29.819 130 4272 62. 54.5 Se oN: 6.67 5-8] 10| 3 69 wee a Lae iter? § 15 65-57 77.6 56.3 21.3 29.5808 | 29.730 29.458 272 4873 76. 57-5 S: 14.58 4.5 |10] 0 50 0.21 0,21 | 15 16 J 60.33] 66.9 51.3 15-6 29.7807 | 29.gor 29.695 +206 =3913 73 52.0 W. 17.08 6.7|10] 349 57 0.00 0.00 | 16 17 66.53) 75.3 53.6 16.7 30.0903 | 39.205 29.971 -234 4107 03. 53.0 W. 5-50 4.5 | 10] 0 44 0.00 0,00 | 17 18 J 70.03 | 79.8 56.0 23.8 30.2827 | 30.338 30.243 +095 +4423 60 55-2 S.W. 6.29 3.7|10| off 84 sees eae Acico| pa es} SunDay .......19 J ..... | 81.6 64.1 17.5 sjereen Suton 6G Bean oie Piste Fol Ss 12.63 ff} oss ad 31 aetea Siisy 1 ieee! | £Qr0waec0.ces SUNDAY 20 ff 67 47| 70.0 64.8 5.2 29.9725 30.072 29.803 .269 6280 93-3 65-5 oy 12.29 9.2| 10] 5 (ele) 0.57 tan 0.57 | 20 2t 74.30 | 82.1 68.1 14.0 29.9095 | 29 984 29.842 +142 6402 76.5 66.0 Ww. 12.92 4-5 | 10| off 76 0.00 sue) || oeoa! || 2x 22 73.87 | 83.7 64.3 19.4 29.8293 |] 30.0018 29 591 ~ 410 7348 85.3 69.3 Se 9 29 5-8 | 10] © 54 0.09 os 0.00 | 22 23 § 65.65 | 71.5 59.8 IL-7 29.7905 | 29.917 29. 638 +279 4412 69-7 55-3 CHAN 19.54 2.2| 5/0 96 0.02 Rune eOraze| 23 24 65.25 | 72.1 { 57-5 14.6 29.8543 | 29.933 29.780 -153 4480 72-5 | 56.0 5.W. 12.50 Rean\on | eo 47 see usies cata, (oad 25 68.90 | 78.6 61.0 17 6 29.8425 | 29.995 29-779 126 +4815 08.3 57-8 S.W. 17.17 3.2]/10] of 82 oes aa aoe et - SunDAy........26 | ..... | 81.2 61.5 19.7 5oeri bitefalaie S50 sea Sncne Ret S. W. | 19.88 Brclissed| ant) 5 cd Sate wee | 26. ..0005+0e SUNDAY 27 70.87 | 77.8 63.6 14.2 29.8025 | 29.863 29.756 112 5853 76.8 63.3 S.W. 11.08 8.0] 10] 4 10 0.09 sees | 0.00 | 27 28 72.42 | 80.5 60.5 14.0 29.9372 29.965 29.877 .088 5782 73+3 63-2 N.W. 4 88 4.2 7 | 0 5 one Yer dare ween ae 29 74-93 | 84.3 64.4 19.9 29-9243 | 30.016 29.811 +205 5950 69.2 63.7 S. W. 7:79 2.5] 10] oO 82 2.00 Re 0.00 | 29 309 73-53, 83-1 62.5 19.6 29.7362 | 29.805 29.637 +169 6418 75-7 65.8 S.W. 14.04 6.2} 10] of 73 1.12 rion 1,12 | 3° 31 62.62 | 68.6 55-6 13.0 30-0052 | 30,103 29 giz Qt 2802 50.0 47-2 N.W. 14.54 ° o, Of 98 0.01 se o.or | 31 Means ...,. ....-/ 68.57 | 76.82-] 60 79 | 16.03 29-9323 | 30.0200 29.8369 - 1831 -5182 73-58 | 59-46 9S, 55° W. 13-01 9 4.93 |8.44/t.328 57-2 | 4.84 eee 4.84 |-+es Ree Sums oe as ea pe ye f : ia aan Bo (eae Ral. 22 Years means for r and including “74 «22 to) 16. 29. eae Savi 142 8 5 dae Fi ese . c; S5 & ; cee and includi this hist aan oe 7 77 3 59 9.8943 4 4984 71-1 $13.15 J 5-4 {58-8 | 4.05 | 4.05 Jand incl ing ANALYSIS OF WIND RECORD. *,Barometer readings reduced to sea-ievel and | on the 18th. Lowest barometer was 29.458 on the . is temperature of 32° Fahrenheit. oe. giving a. zBnKS of aan BASE Fens Pose i i 5 relative umidity was .U on r-] . 1n1- Direction........| N. N.E. KE. 8.E. oe S.W. Ww. N.W. Cam. § Observed. mum relative humidity was 33.0 on the 3lst. Miles .....0.--005| 238 608 400 25. |) 257% 5073 1172 1087 f t Broce of venom in pap nes 4 Sea Rain fell on 21 days. Duration in hrs.. 28 61 25 6 LON 335 95 86 7 ERD midiby relate: saber olga Auroras were observed on 1 night on the 11th. Mona Gna eee — oan ———_ | — — | —— —_ | —_—_—|_ ___|___.___..___| 15 years only. s Hleven years only. LOOT yee) Mabe) le S207} pF O202 ih40:27, 0 WtOcbG “i aue xk Oh z2-34! aiexak G4 The greatest heat was 89-3° on the 2nd; the Thunder storms on 4 days, on the 13th, 16th, = - : : greatest cold was 51.3° on the léth, giving a | 22nd and 30th. F Greatest mileage in one hour was 32 on the | Resultant mileage, 5590. range of temperature of 38.\) degrees. . PIP. 3 Resultant direction, S. 551° W. Errata for May and June, 1896 :—22 years Greatest velocity in gusts, 36 miles per hour on | Total mileage, 9080. : Warmest day was the 29th. Coldest day was | monthly mean of Barometer for May, 29.9340 ; e 16th. Average velocity, 13.01 miles per hour. the 4th. Highest barometer reading was 30.338 | for June, 29.9058. Ms e ut i, * q ol ee bs Pw “ eo) ie : a7 ; HW 0 , 1 ae 1s Ss ‘ : pido e rie x Say “ a) - ‘ i rs ‘ ‘ ¥ A ° | ots = ‘ ‘ 2 * » . \ . , t : : ‘ 4 | tie ae vite | Rep. A P 7 ‘ - * 4 < . . ‘ 74, , af \ ‘ | “ > ; » ‘ 1 J ad } 4 ' - t ‘ i » 2 - z * ) ) x * fa" Ar ‘ . . “ c e are *s H : ie , y \ - ee E f . s a 3 2 4 * - bes ‘ ‘ 7, u ; a ’ 2 wa u » ' . 3 | | ‘ i as : ’ i ore . : ‘ 4 eu i Ly ‘ . F Re * q bs . > eee fd Ve sy a M i } ° ede . > : aa elie ec hee 4 Sy Z ee . * 2 “~Ar cy t z p hy 3 a : “ = ’ $ 7 af a as : 4 . afte . ‘ Z i Po ie . j S iT > eek ee o 5 i Eat : 4 4 . Appr be, : s.. 3 vl j j t sy tee ' + - "J I é 4 ay ve « . aA f ’ ot ‘ ‘ . b vy ‘ | & ; a : i i 7 es in i 1 f ; a . ‘s my tee off . a | a ' ie. tubes eee Ste *, ie of ae * . fre = » Me © : on ; \ ee Fn 6.155 ee) : Car ook a ate M eee ye 7 te ae, ys Pe hy: = "1 j a Si me 4 4 j ‘ ‘ a ——-,. Rao aeee oe «are ee 80 F ote 1 BEY HERA CW pemey tbae SRE Be ss 5 . ~ r ce - ‘ * 2 die om TE ar ts inane ea ae mn rind eg Fry are . eee we ABSTRACT FOR THE MONTH OF AUGUST, 1896. Meteorological Observations, McGill College Observatory, Montrea), Canada. Height above sea level, 187 feet. C. H. McLEOD, Superintendent. = a es THERMOMETER. BAROMETER. a i winp. [In Tenras [S50] 2, | ¢ |e ——— OO OO | = ean {ff Meau ——— J — eS so Sa = DAY. pressure [relative] Dew Mean} ; aoe] os | as : Fl DAY : of vapor.Jhumid-j point. | General |velocit: a! g ioe 8] 28 Be |-3 : Mean.| Max. | Min. |Range.J Mean. | Max. Min. | Range. ity. direction. |in miles 3 a ag| of | as |_| S| es perhour| fa a a GI I 66, 27 73 2 52.5 20.7 29 9960 30.141 29.822 +319 +3427 56.8 48.5 S.W. R/C 3.2 i me 8r cae I Sunway.........2 ae greet | aZOne 61.1 SAS | Sogssdo ls eeaeeGe il: koorlao Fi meta are iets eis S.W. 10.92 atalaedlls ate 68 3) 71.68] 81.4 | 58.4 | 23.0 | 29 8865 | 29.937 | 29.832 -T05 -5283 ff 69.3 ff 60.3 Se taaeae rie ll acl old iodal| "cee: jen |e Se (oenn REND aS 4] 74-92 | 82.5 67.8 14-7 29.8443 | 29.936 29.768 «168 +6132 70.2 64.8 S.W, 17.25 4.5 | 10] off 09 wae myetierl fara) 5 | 61.95 | 69.0 58.0 II.0 29.9693 | 29.989 29 944 +045 -4993 90.3 58.8 N. 12.88 10.0! 10| 10 00 0.54 Ceayn || 6 69 62.98 | 66.4 58.4 8.0 29.9593 | 29-997 29.939 +058 +5547 96 2 61.8 N. 3.63 J} 10.0/ 10] 10] 00 | 0.04 0.04] 6 7 74.08 83.6 62.3 21.3 29.9095 29-935 29.861 .074 -6927 82.3 67.8 Ww. 9.50 5+3 | 10 I 58 Inap = Inap.| 7 8 76.68 85.1 66.0 19.1 29.9243 29.997 29.843 -154 -6175 68.0 65.5 S.W. 5-79 2.7| 10} o 83 Wea ae ane 8 SUNDAY. ......+ 9 araraiete 85.7 70.7 Fine) || |. eloediss 4] SGsasd my Ulleee istsiasptals srtate anit Amale eee S.W. 14.58 cocicl bn : 6 Io 77.92 | 87.7 68.0 19-7 29.8458 | 29.890 29.803 -087 » 7208 76.2 69.5 S.W. face 3.7 Sal ra 6a Fie hess ae Be 11 81.15 | 89.7 74.1 15-6 29.8837 | 29.914 29.852 .062 -7698 73.0 71-7 Ss WwW. 16.96 2.5| 7| off 86 cone Et Ir 12 77-47 | 861 70.1 16.0 29 .g805 30.061 29.932 +129 .6340 67.2 65.3 S.W. 13.88 mitt Ghal G) 85 mie aelge 12 13 67.67 76.7 58.5 18.2 30.0643 30.135 29.999 2136 +4717 69.8 5763 N. 9.2 275) 8 |! 10 64 we 13 14] 71.45 | 80.2 61.8 18.4 30.0613 | 30.107 30.033 -074 -4097 54:3 53+3 s.W, 8.38 0.7| 4| Off 95 ves Se -' 14 15 71 78 | 83.1 588 | 24.3 30-0545 | 30.142 29.909 +173 +4623 59-2 56.3 S.W. 7353 1.0] 3| og 2 ag annt 15 Sunpay,. .....16 ibe 75.1 62.8 12.3 Bl! -ses 5 Shap oroaca ae Aptos aes Age S.W. 14,8 600 00d 17] 6257] 69.6 56.1 13-5 29.9112 | 29.946 29.889 -057 -3460 61.2 48.8 We iaice 2.2 7 ° an was aa as: a icspeer saa 18 J 56.57 | 63.2 52.5 10.7 29.9435 | 29-935 29 891 +094 +3443 75.8 48.7 N.W, 7613 7.3|10] off 32 0.52 tees | 0.52 | 28 19 57.28 65.0 51.1 13.9 30.1272 30.178 30.039 -139 +3155 68.2 46.3 N.W. 13.25 7ad))| Xone 85 Inap. Jan eye! oe) 20 63.12] 71.9 56.4 155 30.1238 | 30.212 30.066 146 3675 63.8 50.3 S.W. 15.66 3-7|10| off 79 Shoo Behe Sode |) ee) 2U 62 73 74-4 53-1 21.3 29.3643 32.060 29.909 -160 -4355 77-2 550 Ss. 8.90 7-7|10| 0 48 0.64 wea 0.64 | 21 22 65.77 | 74-1 56.8 17-3 29 9190 | 29 941 29 880 - 161 ~5266 83.8 69.3 Se 7-33 5.7 | 10 I 64 0,08 ae 0.08 | 22 SUNDAY........23 Scipae 74.0 66.2 7.8 Siawee Be ofa anaan a000 aco eiainta Sh 19. Sst alee nie PEA AOe SuNDAY 24 64, 68 73-9 560 17-9 29.92yo0 | 30.054 29. 881 +173 4267 69.7 54-5 S.W. ae rey p A) is Ih as) Bs ee Bans a a yg 25 59.45 | 67-5 50.0 17.5 30.0867 | 30.146 30.020 -126 3537 70.8 49-3 S.W. 5-04 0.0} a} oO g2 See a 25 26 67.3 77-4 53-3 24.1 29.9443 | 30-035 29.844 <191 4438 06.5 55-5 Ss. 16.95 4-7| 10} Of 55 scm : 26 27] 61-97 | 66.8 57-3 9-5 30.0422 | 30.147 29.886 -261 4022 73-0 52.7 W. 10.50 6.7{10] 3 76 0.81 27 28 60.20 |, 67.5 54.3 13.2 30.2510 30. 300 30.198 102 .3408 64.5 || 48-0 W. 10,08 5-3 | 10] o 82 Inap. 28 29 59-58 | 63.5 47.8 20.7 30.1808 | 30.300 30.035 «265 +3795 73-3 50.8 WwW. 8.96 1.0 Ao 85 atwla's - | 29 SUNDAY........ JO $ scone | 75.7 54.2 21.5 orueee aeso | aooorns . ene. ca ate S. 13-54 REC: | mila ors ak mp AOE 0.02 oy 0.02 | JO...00. . SUNDAY 31 58.08 | 62.7 53-5 9.2 29.7745 | 29.898 29 646 +252 3848 78.9 51.3 Ww. 9-75 9.7 | 10, 3 26 0.07 ia 0.07 | 31 Meaus ..... xisioiase 86.75 75.28 | 58 96 105327) eoso8As 30.053 29.914 «139 +4759 71.52 56.63 wicks 11.48 4.3 17.9 |t.2 § 64.6 | 5.35 Serra 5-35 ate secssees. SUMS 22 Years means * ees ay ied. a en 22 Years enon for and including 66.71 75.04 | 58 71 | 16.37 29.9405 iectaials 50 -134 - 4808 73-0 aay. [85s 50560 Wis| sx257 5+3 ]-eee] «6 9055-3 | 3-67 oe 3.67 } ana including this this month ..... cline oe nae as. ms t month. ANALYSIS OF WIND RECORD. * Barometer readings reduced to sea-level and Warmest day was the llth. Coldest day was temperature of 32° Fahrenheit. the 18th. Highest barometer reading.was 30.300 ees on the 28th. Lowest barometer was 29.646 on the Direction...-....| N. N.-E. i. §.E. 3. S.W. WwW. N.W. CaM. § Observed. ath giving a ene of ence BC oe arte — SSS ee es ee ee ee ee SS eee 2 5 relative humidity was 99.0 on the 5th, 6th, an MMUIILOS\ = canleos seats 74U 8 11 202 1353 4023 1583 62 + Pressure of vapour in inches of mercary. ne eae relative humidity was 39.0 on a a a ae a Seen he : Darationtn inet 82 a - 3 an 313 147 67 7 t Humidity relative, saturation being 100, Rain fel a a ao ae | er | | es es | ce | era | ra ain fell on ays. Mean velocity....| 9.04 4.00 5.50 | 15.54 | 12.19 | 12,85 | 10.79 9.27 1 15 years only. s Eleven years only. : Be be = Auroras were observed on 2 nights, on the ‘9th Greatest mileage in Oue hour was 27 on the Resultant mileage, 5672. The greatest heat was 89.7" on the llth; the | and 17th. a Resultant direction, S. 563° W. greatest cold was 47.8° on the 29th, giving a Greatest velocity in gusts, 36 miles per hour on _— Total mileage, 8542. range of temperature of 41.9 degrees. Thunder storm on the 9th. the 23rd. Average velocity, 11.48 miles per hour. '\ 8 eee ean as $05, Ly ee US z = vk. be i 4 ¢€ $ - iv 4 ‘ : ey! . { hy y ; my = - _ 5 iy. x ; f * ' i , - 4 ai ‘ mo Fs aa A ‘ . d i me P yy . * o ‘ i t F a | } ; 2} ee | ue f re wd 3 * ] e { ma ee : eras iF ty. ‘- tei ‘ ee ia - fala , i ‘ is A“ Se 43 " | i . Se : 4 ay t \ ape gor -.2- op? ' i @ ; ra A rc. f 7 - ba ‘ ‘ y - oy s i , te a-n ‘ a Me, < Lt ty | cd r 94 ) a Je) t BL 7 i 4 yi, ca - ‘j 2 a a + we a 7. fl 5 wy é L Ee e iu 4 J é ai ; rt : BR, oe @eawn ss ¥ a a “a 3 , } . ‘ “yx : ) ' 2 oe — ' 4 - 7 = a t J eae 7 4 ° y * cy . i WLe ey “ ’ 7 ¥ ee haga’ \ * ~ ! ' * ‘ q & : f ate — la a > 2 , ay . - Rei i= ? ef oe at i. a a4 Bey , re Se ‘ 4 { . ‘ ? f {3 = e ~ ‘ i i ) t * aot , ‘ 4 b { , ‘ 2 ' ‘ 7 ‘ I = | i ‘ y} a f . { : ' i Lj pis Oe ‘ i ae . en 4 > is -. tL ’ + .< ' od 5 i ; “ 7 5 a { : hin > an 5, m7 ; ‘ + ‘ , a 4 | s + | ‘ : an cd \ { we esi ie oe 4 ee Cs af ed ite, vi ad ea ih Fa P i : » 4 f + ‘ . - 4 a i « * "A - ® ‘ ° v7 ‘A ey 7 2 in ey el T ee De ee ee a A ee oe eS sae es ABSTRACT FOR THE MONTH OF SEPTEMBER, 1896. Meteorologica! Observations, McGill College Observatory, Montreal, Canada. Height above sea level, 187 feet. O. H. McLEOD, Superintendent. Sky CuvupEep the 17th. rentest mileage in one hour was 34 Greatest velocity in gusts, 60 miles per hour on Resultant direction, S. 743° W. Total mileage, 8956. 3 Average velocity, 12.44 miles per hour. greatest cold was 34.3° on _ the 23rd, giving a range of temperature of 49.5 degrees. Freiea ass and lightning on two days, the 6th and ( . | THERMOMETER. BAROMETER. WIND. In Teytas [S56| 8, | 8 | 38 | —_——_ — —_— + —_-—_—_ —_—__——_-——_—_} tMean }[ Meau ——_}|—_ -—[[es8) se | sa | as DAY, pressure frelativey Dew Mean} -~ Sea| ao 23 | gd DAY. ; of vapor.ghumid-f point. | General velocity}! a | | ¢ i248) 8.8 ES \de Mean.| Max. | Min. |Range.J Mean. Max. Min Kange. ity. direction. |in miley] & | 2 | = 422) 8 a- as | S }/F=/ x =] ] perhour a a rf 53.93! 61.3 | 48.2 | 13.1 30-1075 | 30.238 29-977 +261 2960 ff 71-5 44-7 Ww. 13-30 J 3.0] 9| of 72 at re vee] od 29 56.57[ 63.8 | 46.5 17-3 30-1520 | 30.30% 29.945 +356 +3215 79.3 46.8 S.W, 2 7.5| 10] off 30 | 0,00 : 0.00 | 2 39 58.47 | 64.2 50.7 13-5 29.2922 | 29.975 29.704 27% 4412 88.3 550 N.W. 16.20 7-3 | 10} of oo 0.39 om 2.39 | 3 4 50.53] 56.8 45-5 11.3 go.1380 | 30.206 30 049 +157 +2582 70-5 41.3 N.W. 10.58 2.8| 8] of 78 Fi same coe |g 5 53-78 | 62.5 41.1 21.4 30.0895 | 30.209 29.958 «251 +3150 76 7 46.0 S.E, 10.38 6.7} 10} of 39 0,09 Ra iets) | 5 Sunpay..,......6 i steveta 65.4 51.4 14.0 Se lsiore paso.” Nao sa0 saicael ic Sess As = athe S.E. 14.59 Scroll Grea lacks 09 0.55 0.55 | 6... .....-.SUNDAY 7 59.32 64.5 55.1 9-4 29.9680 30.119 29-791 328 +3843 76.3 51.7 S.W, 15. 47 | 10 ° 8r ey nai 7 8] 59.45 | 69.6 49-7 19-9 30.1978 | 30.241 30.169 072 +4155 82.8 53.8 S.W, F 0.3] xr] off 80 eee cee aa ee 9 62.40 71.6 52.4 79.2 30.0800 30.188 29.962 226 ° 4452 79.8 55-5 N.E, 5 0.0} o| o 83 ae ee 5 9 10 66.23 75.6 55.1 20.5 29.3463 29.918 29.803 115 5048 78.0 59.0 S.W. oo I ° 96 5 ay siete! | Sl 11 74.18 | 83.8 61.5 22.3 29.8916 | 29.963 29,827 136 -6008 72.0 63.5 S.W. 16.13 0.0] o| o 87 nic ae Ir 12 66.33 71-9 61.4 10.5 30.1918 30.312 30.050 262 +4903 75°5 58.3 N.E, 15. 4.8 | 10] o 61 : a3 12 SUNDAY........13 acetal 65.9 56.5 CY tl (SiR Oce eae Aes 5 aaa Site Attic see mre N.E, 20.82 ce BCal POPE 69 oii aie weal X3o5 can saaeecGUNDA ~ 149 61.15 | 68.0 51.6 16.4 30.0333 | 30.175 29.908 -267 +4455 81.6 55.2 S.W. g.2|10] 59 27 0.06 fa 0,06 | 14 15 f 58.28 | 65.7 48.5 17.2 29.9822 | 30.058 29.926 132 «3012 72.6 49.2 N.W. 12 5.7| 10] 0 47 0.01 cee Oso ns 16 52.30; 60.2 45-2 15.0 29.9452 30.051 29.824 2227 +2933 74.8 443 WW 2.8|10] 0 84 cove A Senne dh at) i] 17 55-75 | 61.8 50.9 10.9 29.6425 | 29.746 29.521 225 4067 9L.0 53-2 Ss 8.2 | 10] of oo 0.35 ; 0.35 | 17 i 18 56.35 63.7 49.8 13-9 29.8373 30.895 29.748 +147 +3597 80.2 50.0 Ww. 13-79 5.3 | 10| oO 67 0.00 aa 0.00 | 18 19 J 55-18 | 57-1 52-4 4-7 29.6155 | 29.786 29.489 -297 4088 93-8 53°5 S.W. 10.92 J. 10.0 | 10 | 10 J oo 0.41 = o.4t | 19 SUNDAY. .......20 er 54.0 41.4 126 sieteie abejataje gw ile! 3Atlesete 5 oo. seine ae W. 20.33 ata newt 97 0,02 0.02 | 20 ........., SUNDAY ! 21 55-47 62.8 47.8 15.0 29.8397 | 29.927 29.816 Ir +3370 76.7 48,0 S.W. 16.00 6.0] 10] oO 64 on see | 22 | 22 44-45] 49.0 39.0 10.0 29.9357 | 30-073 29 824 2249 2252 75-3 37-2 N.W. 16.79 8.2 | 10] 0 05 O.11 XX ||.oR i] 23 42,62 | 47.8 34-3 13-5 30.1495 | 30.236 30,073 ~163 1693 6r. 30.0 N,W. 13.83 3-7 | 10 | oO 97 ues = «s"| 23 ] 24 51.17 | 59-5 43-6 15-9 30.1065 | 30.210 30-013 +197 +3047 8r. 45-3 S.W, I1.30 8.0] 10] 3 34 0.22 Fees ed acy | | | 259 58.32! 66.1 49.0 17-1 30.1395 | 30.230 30.066 -164 -3810 78.7 5r.7 Ss. 13.17 9-5|10| 79 48 0.00 0.00 | 25 26 61.70 | 67.5 54-4 13-1 30.1067 | 30.136 30.081 +055 -4747 86.2 57-3 S.W. 13-67 7.2|10} Off 30 0.28 5 0.28 | 26 : |] SUNDAY........27 aieiesey ||) (02.5 54.3 8.2 ane mate Meta lies fates - Aebeer| | mer oon aralets Ww. 12.21 Sem ACS 00 0.18 0.18 | 27..0010.++++SUNDAY - 28 48.75 | 54.3 44.0 10.3 30.2487 | 30.306 30.200 -106 2285 66.8 38.0 S.W. 6.83 a5) Gijon oz eee “ney |e! 29 53-72 | 64.3 38.2 26.1 30-1033 | 30.230 29.918 2312 +3533 83.8 48.7 _B. 12.21 6.3 | 10] o 48 © OL Q.o1 | 29 f 30 ff 60.70 | 69.2 54-3 14.9 29.6187 | 29.780 29 527 2253 +4453 84.0 55-7 Ww. 15.04 7-3) 10 | 3 49 0.43 ‘ 0.43 | 30 31 veer see Asa Ere) nip aks ha tetcisiatsy ai] Wars. Seta. A Rain arp ager niche cece ot ne en a sms |) 3X EEE a eS — | SS eS ee eee ee SS 2 SS) ee eee Ee eee RG OBA) Ee CES PES eal a ESS SE ae aR a | ae a RV at PPI le CTA ge ad 22 Years means 22 Years means for §| for and including 58.52 | 66.58 | 50.76 | 15.69 30.0139 vale .180 3829 75°59 ae |S. 7324° W.| 512.69 B55. || nen [53-9 | 3-14 eee 3.14 | {and including this . | this month...... { month. 7 = z : , || i * Barometer readings reduced to sea-level and Warmest day was the 1lth. Coidest day was : 1 | ANALYSIS OF WIND RECORD temperature of 32° Fahrenheit. the alae 1) pa omieien at ben ee a | ‘ ? = on the i2th. Lowest barometer was 27.459 on the ? Direction........| N. N.E. iE. §.E. 5. S.W. Ww. | N.W. Cam. § Observed. 19th, giving a range of .823 inches. Maximum a | : ————— || en a || ees ‘aap call pa acs relative humidity was 97.0o0n the 8th, 19th, 26th | BE MGlGg -vncccn-cees 412 950 194 656 837 2719 154° 1648 { Pressure of vapour in inches of mercary. ane ae yee relative humidity was 50.0 Se ime sere | eee eee) | ren ren | eee So | fa a ae noe on the 23rd. #| Durationin brs. . 43 65 18 5r 67 200 135 138 3 t Humidity relative, saturation being 100, } Se SS See ei oc «Ona Ioan ress Rain fell on 17 days. Mean velocity....| 9.58 | 14.62 10.78 12.86 12.50 | 13.59 | 11.41 11.94 15 years only. s Hleven years only. 1 | ar 3 i _ Lunar halo on one night. Lunar corona on one | on the Resultant mileage, 3435. The greatest heat was 83.8° on the llth; the | night. Hour frost on one day. Pe os a “ Af at Som Co Oi lS ls” at te TS pat ot QE mo “ ~ “ee e.- pey a” ¥ ~~ _ r . \ 7 4 y S. . < vA 4 ee * : Pins de = : - “ * > ” ne | = iv : ’ 7 ‘ - ‘ K = bd a * * “we ~ Ps : . ~ ry *. < - ” > - a ¥ \ - we e ; RF ts a lg oe - " . é ’ oe i . ? : Stns Ah - * ~ si A ' - : : a bg a ; ' a ‘ Ae q- q i‘ é WY & 0 Ae AS r. P 7 . * A f ee es te é = ~ ° . 4 - Pe - bs ~ -sr= ~~ s = » ‘ - * . . rd of = - So 3 - 7 - = « = - ¢ ~ : ad 2 " ee . a i + { 3 r ~ 2 ~ we let — ‘ - . ae - * 2 | ; rae Si PG o - e 7 z 2 ‘ r ‘ f : e J - td < * a - o a . a a - > ieee “ OR A EEE ILM Dei Pa mee ‘ < ‘ L. .. = *« - 3 3 y 3 7 1 = - % ABSTRACT FOR THE MONTH OF OCTOBER, 1896. Meteorological Observations, McGill College Observatory, Montrea), Canada. Height above sea level, 187 feet. C. H. MoLEOD, Superintendent. | Sky CLouDED THERMOMETER. BAROMETER. WIND. In Tantus. |%56| 2; | 8 | 38 —$—$<<—_— —_ —— — - | — — — - ——] tMean Ft Mean ———$——$|j—— -—fes8] =e aa as DAY. pressure relative Mean] : Ses] SS 3 | ad DAY. s : of vapor.| humid- General |velocity}) @ || ¢)u28| £8 ES |'ae Mean.} Max. | Min. |Range.j Mean. Max. Min. Range. ity. direction. |in miles] & ote ao el a | me S |S/ep2 = | a : perhour Q a I 52.85 1 58.3 51.0 7-3 29.8337 | 29.989 29.690 =299 .3560 88.5 Ww, 16.33 8.5} 10] 2 03 ©. 34 Anche acts! oa fe: 29 44.10 | 52.1 41.8 10.3 30.1124 | 30.145 30.090 «055 +2478 85.4 N. 20.79 |] 10.0] 10 | 10 f 00 0,02 tous [OxB2h og 30 44-77] 49-2 40.9 8.3 30.1703 | 30.229 30.112 +117 +2657 89.3 N. 8.21 9-7|10| 9 07 0.03 eeee | 9233) 3 Is SUNDAY. Gukiacs@iN ase 50.9 | 44.7 6.2 Sota Soak Stes‘e See A Ae ene N. alsa Waves! |eecsiae eng 06) «| Dnap Tnap.| 4....:.... .SUNDAY 5 46.65 | 51.8 43-4 8.4 30.2178 30.283 30.150 +133 +2550 80.3 N. 6.75 6.7! 10] oO 33 Inap Inap.| 5 6 43-85 | 47.6 39 7-8 30.0928 30.156 | 29.985 .171 +2487 86 7 N. 9.92 10.0-| 10 | 10 § oo wees Bere 6 74 43-73 | 46.6 41.5 can 29.8452 | 29.932 20-793 -139 +2668 93-3 N. 9.58 9-7 | 10| 8 § oo 0.62 went j[oeGa. tt ug, 8 f 4o.42| 45.8 37-3 8.5 30.1002 | 30.296 29.901 395 +2100 84.2 WwW. 18.00 9.7 | 10; 8H 26 aa Pade Cee eS 9% 39-33] 44.9 33-3 ir.6 30-4717 | 30.549 30.378 +170 + 1572 64.8 Whe g.co o.5| 2} of 98 tee tae : 9 to J 39.70 | 46.5 32.0 14-5 30.5727 | 30.638 30.485 153 +1615 68.8 N. 9.08 oo0| o| Of 92 Oty cose saison KO) a SunDAY........17 Ganen, Te S8e5: 33.0 seeictel| [Ese aa Geer | eis ciety A acne f N. 11.17 S| eee 93 sane TI. eeeee sees SUNDAY 12 44.43 | 545 35-5 19.0 30.3233 30.308 30.213 185 ~2122 73.2 N. 20.50 r.7| 9| ° 84 12 13 § 44-88 | 53.6 37-4 16.2 30.0075 ; 30.179 29.816 - 363 +2030 69.2 N. 20.62 4-7| 9] Of 55 eee seve | 13 14 48.co| 55.6 41.0 14-6 29.8188 | 29.856 29.795 -061 2240 67.5 N. 10.25 5.2) 8] 2 35 oes sae) 14 15 | 49-37] 57-8 41.0 16.8 29.7008 | 29.705 29.586 209 +2325 66.5 WwW. 8.42 2.8| 6| Of 85 see 15 a6 39.40); 43.0 35-5 7-5 29.6085 | 29.739 29-539 +200 +2203 90.3 A 13.96 7.5|10| 2 oo 0.19 sae | 0-19 | 16 17 35-15 | 39.0 29.6 9-4 29.9440 | 30.019 29.820 199 1448 71.0 Ww. 6.79 7.3|10| 49 48 Ae see | 17 : * SUNDAY. .......18 Pardes 44.8 33-3 Ren) Ue mnerne Ws SeeRAIA. cise ane Hee N.E, 7-50 neat ay, 30 O.1I Rade | LOs02 1 O2Gccs sls a seles NUNDAY, 19 36.27 | 42.2 31-8 10.4 29.9767 | 30.071 29.857 ~214 1512 70.8 N.W. 17.17 5.0|10, Of 56 Inap Inap. | Inap,} 19 20 40.38 | 48.2 31-5 16 7 29.8923 | 30.016 29.776 .240 1953 75-5 S.W. 17.75 8.7} 10} 3 16 0.10 Inap, | 0-10 | 20 2u 44.20 | 54.1 35.2 18.9 29.7807 | 29 868 29.677 19r 2430 80.7 S.W. 18.50 6.7 | 10] Of 4 0.22 a 0.22 | 21 22 37.88 | 44.8 32.4 12.4 29.9263 | 29.957 29 867 090 1667 74.2 S.W. 18.00 6.8} 10} 4 73 : eee seve | 22 23 40.68 | 48.2 36.4 11.8 29.7685 | 29.924 29.579 345 1822 72.2 S.W, 8.63 8.7 | 10] 2 28 see ses cove | 23 24 39.42 47-7 36.0 LE 7, 29.5877 29.739 29-523 216 1947 81.0 S.W. 15.50 5.5 | to} oO 53 0.03 ae 0.03 | 24 SUNDAY eccce00085. 8 ceese | 35-3 29.9 EP AAA teeter: ee psnsia S| eee N.W. SCAT In| Ieeraicas aed Pcie fet) os Inap, | Inap.} 25.....+.....SUNDAY 26 42.97 | 50.6 31-4 19-2 29.9792 go.071 29.906 165 2023, 71-7 S.W. 15.12 5-7 | 10] 9° 33 sae wee sees | 26 27 44-43 51.7 35.8 15-9 30.2132 30.358 30.096 -262 2057 70.2 N.W. 8.50 4.8 | 10 ° 58 Inap Inap.| 27 238 38.32 | 47-5 30.2 17.3 30.3328 | 30.421 30.210 21 1753 75-8 N.E. 1I.92 3.3| 10] of 88 see see 28 29 47-15 | 54.0 38.1 15.9 30.1127 | 30.177 30.077 .100 2995 95-5 N.W. 11.37 10.90 | 10 | 10 § 00 0.38 0.38 | 29 30 45-80 | 49.8 43-6 6.2 29.9073 | 39.078 29 737 +341 -2993 97-9 N.E. 3-42 10.0 | 10 | 19 § 00 0.08 0.08 | 30 31 48.70 | 57.1 41.8 15-3 29.7912 29.828 29.751 077 2698 96.5 S.W. 11.63 4.8] 10| 9° 5° 0.14 14.0 | 31 ; ee ER) ee ee) re ee) ee as jee ay (ress) a eee P| eee ee SS ee Means ..... .....- 43-07 | 49.21 | 36.97 | 12-24 30.0033 | 30.1004 29.9040 1964 -2219 79.26 36.53 1 N. 50° W. | 12.6r 9] 6.44 |9.04/3.12§ 37-8 | 2.48 Tnap. ? = oy “5 : ai ' 3 Say Fe ee maoek iis Np ail cS SS ey ap eet Pg Pie 1 a S a = 2 E Pot ee - ; : ; ; fe . 3 P x i ; , ; peau e ° * 2 . = a es . ¥ * “ge, . “a 5 > . / ie. f . ? ; x . - ; ~ > \ - * > i. f . ‘© - “ es © ‘* r, S — , A 2 * ‘ ‘ “ ; — 2 = ~ é = ae ee <3 Ref Saks Seaneenaec = tek ee ae tee ee eee NOTICES. All communications and exchanges should be carefully addressed to CANADIAN RECORD OF SCIENCE, Natural History Society, 32 University Street, Montreal. Rejected articles will be returned if desired, and if stamps are enclosed for that purpose. The editors will not hold themselves responsible for any views expressed by authors. Subscribers who fail to receive the REcoRD, or who change their residences, are requested to notify the Editors accordingly. Back Numbers of the REcoRD may be obtained of the Editors, at forty cents per number. Volumes, unbound, may be had as follows: Vo. I., 4 Nos. 2 x - - $1.50 Vous. II. to VI., 8 Nos. each, - - 3.00 per vol. The Record is issued quarterly and contains eight numbers, or 512 pages, in each volume. The subscription price, postage paid, is as follows: Canada and the United States, - 5 $3.00 Great Britain, - . Seales - £013 0 ISSUED 28RD DECEMBER, 1896. - | ee! ' ee _ Published quarterly; Price $3.00 the Volume of eight Humbers: ' VOLUME vit. NUMBER 4. THE CANADIAN RECORD OF SCIENCE INCLUDING THE PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY OF MONTREAL, AND REPLACING THE CANADIAN NATURALIST. CONTENTS. PAGE Note on Cryptozoon and other Ancient Fossils. By Sir WILLIAM Dawson, Mr Opec Ti ple paee den at biats 5 oct bs, ais clase. cts sels sit feraya¥ig ase wie RRR 203 A Few Notes on Canadian Plant-Lore. By Carriz M, Dericr, M.A.,, SEE EDIRC FEPEVOLGIGU x cio o's oicr ae slo etal vey a6 aN GS clere feb la Wale’ diols! ole o wre heuer amaneDy 220 On the Occurrence of Gancrinite 3 in Canada. By ALFRED E. Bartow, M.A., { raion survey OL OANAGA.) - soc. ve boskicwe vue ue v's oeceetowlmens Vcceees _ Hippopotamus Remains. By W. E. Deus, B.A., M.D..... ..... sume ane 229 _ The Anorthosites of the Rainy Lake Region. By Haan A. P. CoLEMAN, ‘ Bangor of Fractical Science, Toronto... \..8s 5... desa specie cess estine ets 230 F On the Structure of Europe. By Pror. EDWARD SUESS...... ..s--seeeees 235 4 Geological Report and Map of the District about Montreal. By JouHn A. 2 MART eh ata rth ears he Cae. sie vin. eels «Rowe GAlsceiay oats ak nea en 247 _ Proceedings of the Natural History Society .......-2..cseeecnee cocvececs 256 3 Book Notices : ‘ The Earth and its Story: a First Book on Geology. By ANGELO | RPP aha oy os ne Raich wie eee lew enum ees pub alsa b etecterare/s . 263 MONTREAL: PUBLISHED BY THE NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY. ' LONDON, ENGLAND: BOSTON, MASS.: - Coxins, 157 Great Portland St. A. A. WaTeRMAN & Co., 36 Bromfield St. 1897. “ ) {} 2 wy) om aust » j “Ye : a et mi £ i i i a Del | pa ae cs fe i ~ 4 ne - ia NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY OF MONTREAL [Incorporated 1832.] OFFICERS—SESSION 1895-96. Patron: His EXcCELLENCY THE GOVERNOR-GENERAL OF CANADA. Hon. President : Sir J. Witt1aAm Dawson, LL.D., F.R.S., F.R.S.C. President : Rev. RoBERT CAMPBELL, D.D., M.A. Ist Vice-President : JOHN S. SHEARER. Vice-Presidents ; Dr. WESLEY MILLs. | B. J. Harrineron, Ph. D., F.R.S. a “a Hon. SENATOR MURPHY. J. STEVENSON Brown. om J. H. R. Motson. GEORGE SUMNER. Str DonaLp A. SmitH, K.C.M.G. J. H. JOSEPH. Hon. Justick WURTELE. i Hon. Recording Secretary ; Hon. Corresponding Secretary: Cuas. 8. J. PHILuirs. | Joun W. Stirnuine, M.D., Edin Honorary Curator : Honorary Treasurer ; J. B. WILLIAMS. | F. W. Ricwarpbs. Members of Council : GEO. SUMNER, Chairman. Frank D. Apams, M.A.Sc., Ph.D. JAMES GARDNER. ALBERT HOLDEN. JOSEPH FORTIER. NeEvit Norton Evans. Hon. J. K. WarRD. - C. T. WiLLiaMs, Pror. JoHN Cox. EpGAR JUDGE. Editing and Hauchange Poibaries : FRANK D. Apams, M.A.Se., Ph. D., Chairman. G. F. Marruew, St. John, N.B. Rev. R. Campsrzuy, D.D. J. T. WHITEAVES, Ottawa, Ont. Dr. WESLEY MILLs. B.J. Harrineton, B.A.,Ph.D.,F.G.S. | Nevin Norton Evans. PRor. JOHN Cox. Library Committee : E. T. CHAMBERS, Chairman. J. A. U. Beaupry, C.E. ' JOSEPH FORTIER, R. W. McLacuuan. | A, F. WINN. G. KEeARLEY. | W. Drake. J. F. Havsen. Museum Committee : J. B. Wiuuiams, Chairman. A. F. WINN. N. N. Evans. J. F. HAvSEN. J. S. Brown. E. D. WINTLE. G. KEARLEY. Lecture Committee : Rev. Rost, CAMPBELL, D.D., Chairman. Cuas. 8S. J. PHILLIPS. Dr. B. J. HARRINGTON. EDGAR JUDGE. . House Committee : JNO, S. SHEARER, Chairman. EDGAR JUDGE. | Gro. SUMNER. W. DRAKE. Membership Committee : J. STEVENSON Brown, Chairman. JOHN S. SHEARER. | JosEPH ForTIER. W. DRAKE. Superintendent : ALFRED GRIFFIN. Pror. JoHN Cox. Dr. WESLEY MILLs. N. N. Evans. Fig. 1, CRYPTOZOON BOREALE, Dawson. Ordovician, Lake St, John, P.Q:, Canada. Two of the Branches of a large Compound Mass, Natural size. Collected by Mr. E. F. Chambers. (From a Photograph.) THE CANADIAN RECORD OF SOlEN CE. VOL. VIL. ~ OCTOBER, 1896. No. 4. Nove oN CRYPTOZOON AND OTHER ANCIENT FOSSILS. By Srr Wiii1am Dawson, F.R.S., F.G.S8., &e. For many years my attention has been directed, in connection with the discussions regarding Eozoon, to the discoveries made from time to time of organic remains older than the Lower Cambrian, and to the study of fossils occurring in the Cambrian, and which might be supposed likely to be survivals from the Pre-cambrian periods. It is now well known that in the Lower Cambrian seas there already existed representatives of all the classes of Marine Invertebrates, and these represented probably by several hundreds of species of many genera, since the published lists of American forms alone contain more. than 160 species In the beds immediately below the Cambrian, however, though several forms of life have been recognised by Billings, Matthew, Walcott and others, they are com- paratively rare in numbers and_ sparsely distributed through great thicknesses of unproductive beds; and this in connection with the frequently disturbed and altered condition of the beds themselves, renders any attempt to 1 Walcott: Memoir on Fauna of Lower Cambrian, 1890. Publications of U.S. Geological Survey. 15 204 Canadian Record of Science. collect Pre-cambrian fossils tedious and difficult, as well as often unremunerative. In the present paper I propose to notice some Pre- eambrian—or possibly Pre-cambrian—fossils, as much with the object of directing the attention of younger geologists to the collection of organic remains in these rocks as for any other purpose, since our knowledge of the Pre- eambrian fauna is yet mm its infancy, and may be regarded rather as something to be hoped for in the future than as a present possession, I am disposed to follow Matthew in placing as Pre- eambrian, though still Paleozoic, the beds in Southern New Brunswick designated by him as Etcheminian, and holding a few fossils of Paleeozoic types, and to correlate with these the Signal Hill Series of Newfoundland and the Kewenian or Kewenawan of Lake Superior.’ . Below these, so far as yet known, we have only the Huronian, probably divisible into an upper and lower member, the Grenvillan or Upper Laurentian—the two constituting the Eozoic group,—and the Lower Laurentian, Ottawa gneiss or Archean proper. I. CRYPTOZOON. In 1882 Prof. James Hall described certain remarkable stromatoporoid forms found by him in a hmestone of the Calciferous formation at Greenfield, Saratoga County, New York, and which he named Cryptozoon proliferwm.* The specimens occurred abundantly on the surface of the bed, and were of rounded form and closely grouped together, as if by a process of lateral gemmation. Each individual is described as consisting of “a number of irregular concentric lamine of greater or less density and of very irregular thickness. The substance between the 1 Matthew, Trans. Acad. Science, N.Y., March, 1896; Trans. Royal Soc. of Canada, 1889, ete. See also ‘‘ Canadian Record of Science,” 1896. 2 Thirty-sixth Regents’ Report on New York State Cabinet. Cryptozoon and other Ancient Fossils. 205 concentric lines, in well-preserved specimens, is traversed by numerous minute irregular canals, which branch and anastomose without regularity. The central portions of the masses are usually filled with crystalline, granular and oolitic material, and many specimens show the intrusion of these extraneous and imorganic substances between the concentric lamine.” In general form the masses are hemispherical or broadly turbinate, and the layers are concave upward as if they had grown from a central point or circle and expanded very rapidly in ascending, the general result resembling a series of bowls one within another. The larger masses are from one to two feet in diameter. _ Thin slices, from specimens kindly presented to the Peter Redpath Museum by Prof. Hall, show that the primary lamine are thin and apparently carbonaceous, as if originally of a corneous or membranous character, and they are usually finely crumpled as if by lateral pressure,’ while they can occasionally be seen to divide into two laminz with intervening coarsely cellular structure. The thick intermediate layers which separate these primary laminz are composed of grains of calcareous, dolomitic and silicious matter, in some specimens with much fine car- bonaceous material. This last, under a high power in thin slices, is seen to present the appearance of a fine network or stroma in which the inorganic particles are entangled. The canals traversing these intermediate layers appear to be mere perforations without distinct walls, and are filled with transparent calcareous matter, which renders them, under a proper light, sufficiently distinct from the grey granular intermediate matter which they traverse. So far as observed, the canals are confined to the intermediate layers, and do not seem to penetrate the primary lamine, though these sometimes present a reticulated appearance 1 This may, however, represent an originally corrugated structure of the lamine. 206 Canadian Record of Science. and seem to have occasional: spaces in them which may have been communicating pores or orifices.’ In 1885 Prof. N. H. Winchell recognised a similar structure in stromatoporoid forms found in a limestone underlying the St. Peter sandstone, and therefore of Upper Cambrian age. These are noticed in his 14th Annual Report under the name Cryptozoon Minnesotense, and are stated to differ from Hall’s specimens in their habit of growth, the laminz being convex or conical upward. The structure also is somewhat different, the lamination being much finer. In 1889 the Minnesota specimens were again noticed by Mr. L. W. Chaney, more especially with reference to the great size attained by some of them, though there seemed to be doubt as to whether the very large specimens may not have been enlarged by aggregation of concre- tionary matter. In this paper also, the discovery of Cryptozoon in the calciferous of the Champlain Valley, by Prof. H. M. Seely, is mentioned. About this time I had obtained from the Calciferous of Lachute, P.Q.,a large stromatoporoid mass, and in examin- ing it microscopically found that, though. less perfectly preserved than Hall’s specimens, it might be referred with probability to the same genus. The lamine are more waved, and often connected with each other, and the canals less curved and more frequently expanding into irregular cavities. [cannot positively affirm that this is a distinct species, but may provisionally name it C. Lachutense. z In 1890, the Cryptozoa of the calciferous of the Cham- plain Valley are referred to by Messrs. Brainard and Seely, and one species is named C. Steeli, in honour of Dr. Steel, who first observed them in 1825.” This species is stated 1 Thin horizontal sections of the laminz in the best specimens indeed appear as if - constituting a reticulated mat, more dense than that seen in the intermediate layers. 2 Bulletin Geol. Socy. of America, Vol. I, p. 502. OE Cryptozoon and other Ancient Fossils. 207 in the same paper to appear in the calciferous of Philips- burgh on the Canadian frontier. Prof. Seely informs me in a private letter that he has since recognized in the Champlain Valley what appear to be two additional species of Cryptozoon. Cryptozoon Boreale, Dawson (Fig. 1).—A quite distinct and very interesting species was obtained in 1888 by Mr. E. F. Chambers, of Montreal, at Lake St. John, P.Q., asso- ciated with fossils of Trenton age. It consists of a mass of cylindrical or turbinate branches, proceeding from a centre and also budding laterally from each other. Each branch shows a series of laminz concave upward. The spaces between the thin lamine are filled with a very fine granular material, in which are canals, less frequent straighter and more nearly parallel to the laminz than in the typical species. This species is remarkable for the slender and coral-hke shape of its branches, for its resemblance in general form to the disputed specimens resembling Eozoon from the Hastings (probably Huronian) of Tudor, Ontario, and on account of its being the latest known occurrence of Cryptozoon. It was very shortly described and commented on in the “Canadian Record of Science” for 1889. 3 Cryptozoon Occidentale, S.Ni—So far our specimens of Cryptozoon have been Upper Cambrian or Ordovician, but Dr. C. D.-Walcott, in his memoir on the Fauna of the Lower Cambrian, mentions at p. 550 that in the Grand Cafion section in Arizona, there are unconformably under- lying the Lower Cambrian “ 12,000 feet of unaltered sand- stone, shale and limestone,” which may be regarded as Pre-cambrian, and probably in whole or in part represent- ing the Kewenian of Lake Superior and the Etcheminian of Southern New Brunswick. In these beds, 3,500 feet below the summit of the section, he found “ a small Patel- loid or Discinoid shell,” a fragment probably of a Trilobite, and a small Hyolithes, in a bed of bituminous lmestone. 208 Canadian Record of Science. “Tn layers of limestone still lower in the section an obseure Stromatoporoid form occurs in abundance, along with fragments of a Trilobite and a Salterella.” Small specimens of these stromatoporoid forms were kindly supplied to me by Dr. Walcott, and on being sliced, though most of them were imperfectly preserved, one of them exhibited the concentric lamin of Cryptozoon, and the intermediate layers composed of microscopic grains which were ascertained by Dr. Adams to be partly sili- cious and partly calcareous (Dolomite and _ calcite). Instead of the irregular curving canals of the typical Cryptozoon, where best preserved they show ragged cells, giving off on all sides numerous small tortuous and branching canals (Fig. 5), but this structure I regard as possibly corresponding to that of Cryptozoon, and I would therefore venture to name the species C. Occidentale, in hope of the discovery of better specimens. II. ARCHAOZOON, Still older specimens referable to the same general type have been found by Dr. G. F. Matthew in the Upper Laurentian (Grenville Series) of Southern New Brunswick. Dr. Matthew having kindly presented a large slab of these fossils to the Peter Redpath Museum, I have been enabled to study them both macroscopically and micro- scopically. As described by Matthew, with reference to their mode of occurrence in situ, they consist of cylindrical or polygonal columns apparently multiplying by budding, and composed of laminz and intermediate layers which are convex upwards and are in places separated by spaces occupied with caleite.' The laminz have the same aspect with those of Cryptozoon; but the intervening thick granular layers, which have a very uniform appearance, 1 In the slab presented to the Peter Redpath Museum the individual masses are — apparently not in situ, but more or less broken and piled up together; some of them are six inches in diameter. The laminee of white calcite in several of the specimens I regard as inorganic and filling lacunae or cavities. FIG. 2. FIG. 3. Fig. 2.—Seetion of part of Cryptozoon proliferum, Hall, x 48; showing two of the primary laminz at (a, a), and portions of three of the ecanaliferous layers. Fie. 3.—Section of part of C. Occidentale, S.N., x 48, showing one of the primary laminz at (a), and portions of two of the cellular and canaliferous layers. (From micro-photographs by Prof. Penhallow.) Cryptozoon and other Ancient Fossils. 209 exhibit canals only in places. Elsewhere they may have perhaps been destroyed by decay and pressure. Matthew regards these forms as fossils; and if so, they are undoubtedly allied to Cryptozoon, if not properly belong- ing to the genus. They are in any case the oldest known forms referable to this type. In other beds of the same age fragments of EKozoon showing the canal systems have been found, and also needles supposed to be spicules of sponges, and carbonaceous films and fibres which may be of vegetable origin. III. GENERAL REMARKS ON CRYPTOZOON AND ARCHAOZOON. If we endeavour in imagination to restore these curious organisms, the task is a very difficult one. They no doubt grew on the sea bottom, and must have had great powers of assimilation and increase in bulk. Still, it must be borne in mind that they were largely made up of inorganic particles collected from the mud and fine sand in process of deposition. The amount of actual organic matter in the hard parts even of large specimens is not very great, and the soft living material, if they were animal, must have been confined to the canals and to the exterior surfaces. As the only marine animals known to accumulate foreign matter in this manner are the Protozoa of the Rhizopod type, one naturally turns to ‘them for analogies, and perhaps species of the genus Loftusia most nearly resemble them in general arrangement. But this type 1s, I believe, not known lower than the Lower Carboniferous ; L. Columbiana, A. M. Dawson, found with the genus Fusulina in rocks of that age in British Columbia, being the oldest known species.’ I am not aware that any of the Stromatoporee, properly so called, as nearly resemble Cryptozoon, unless my genus Megastroma from the Car- boniferous of Nova Scotia is referable to that group. ~ Journal London Geol. Survey, Vol. 35, p. 69, et seqr. 210 Canadian Record of Science. ‘ This curious fossil was described with some other Carbon- iferous forms in the Report of the Peter Redpath Museum for 1883, and as that publication is not very generally accessible, the description may be repeated here :— Megastroma laminosum, Dawson. “ Broadly expanded layers about one millimetre in thick- ness, and two millimetres or more apart. Each layer consists of a double membrane, beset with numerous spi- cules pointing inwards and looking like two brushes facing each other. The membranes are penetrated by openings or oscula, and appear to be porous or reticulate in their substance and to have cellular thickenings in _ places, + giving them a netted appearance. The layers sometimes though rarely unite, and are not always continuous when seen in section; this appearance being perhaps produced by large openings or spaces. In each layer the ends of the opposing spicules are sometimes in contact, sometimes separated by a space, empty or filled with calcite. The intervals between the layers are occupied by organic lime- stone, consisting of small shells and fragments of shells and corals. As many as twelve or thirteen layers are sometimes superimposed, and their horizontal extent seems to amount to a foot or more. The layers have a deep brown colour, while the enclosing limestone is of a light gray tint. “This remarkable body was found in the fossiliferous limestone of Brookfield, in patches parallel with the stratification, and at first sight resembled a coarse Stroma- topora. When sheed and examined under the microscope, it presents the appearance above described. The mem- branes referred to, from their deep brown color, would seem to have been of a horny or chitinous character. They are sometimes bent and folded, as if by pressure, and appear to have been of a flexible and tough consistency. Cryptozoon and other Ancient Fossils. 211 The spicules connected with them, if organic, would seem to have been set in the membrane, and to have been corneous rather than silicious. JI have, however, no absolute certainty that these apparent spicules may not be rather the effect of prismatic crystals of calcareous spar penetrating a soft animal matter and impressing on it their own forms. If the spicules are really organic, the structure must be of the nature of a sponge. If otherwise, 1t must have consisted of double membranous layers enclosing between them a softer organic matter, and sufficiently firm to retain their form till filled in with calcareous fragments. Unless the structure was of vege- table origin, which I do not think hkely, it was probably a Protozoan of some kind. In either case it is different from any fossil hitherto found in the Lower Carboniferous limestones of Nova Scotia.” It is introduced here merely as a possible successor of Cryptozoon. I think we are justified in holding that the fossils of the type of Cryptozoon constitute a type differing from that of the ordinary stromatopore, and probably inferior to them in organization. At one time I supposed that the Ordovician forms contaimed in the genus Stromata- cerium of Hall might be a connecting link, and in some respects of general arrangement they certainly conform to Cryptozoon; but in so far as I have been able to examine them microscopically, their affinities seem to be with the typical Stromatopore. Still, there remains even in my own collection a large amount of material referred to Stromatocerium which has not not yet been sliced and examined. Of modern forms, that which seems to approach nearest to Cryptozoon is the remarkable organism dredged by Alexander Agassiz in the Pacific," and which has been described by Goés as an arenaceous foraminifer, under the 1 Lat. 107’ N. Loug. 8° 4 W., 1,740 fathoms.- ‘‘Albatross” Expedition. 212 Canadian Record of Science. name Weusina Agassiz. It is of considerable size, the largest specimens measuring 190 mm. in breadth, but is very thin, being only 2 mm. in thickness. The general form is fan-like or reniform, with concentric lines or bands, from the edges of which loose tubes or hollow bundles of fibres project into the water. These bands are described as “chambers,” which are, however, crossed by inummerable thick partitions dividing them imto cham- berlets,.and these partitions are composed of a fine corneous stroma or network, in which and on the surface are contained the arenaceous grains that give consistency . to the whole. It is evident that such a _ structure, if fossilized, would resemble a flattened Cryptozoon in form, appearance and structure, except in having rounded — chamberlets instead of short tortuous canals, a difference not of essential importance. Goés mentions as probably an allied form Julianella fetida, Schlumberger, from shallow water (five metres) on the West Coast of Africa. It wants the filamentous stroma and has the chamberlets larger and more regular and the lateral tubes more numerous. If these forms are rightly included in Forani- nifera, they would strengthen the same reference for Cryptozoon and Archeozoon. In any case they indicate the persistence up to the modern time of organisms apparently of the same general structure. Se 7 IV. GirRVANELLA, Nicholson (Streptochetus, Seely). These peculiar fossils were first detected by Nichglson and Etheridge in the Silurian of Girvan in Seotland,? and were illustrated by Mr. Wethered, of Cheltenham, at the meeting of the British Association in Liverpool last autumn.’ A similar form discovered in the Chazy of Vermont by Prof. Seely, of Middlebury College, was 1 Bul. Mas. Comp. Zoology, Vol. XXIIL., No. 5, 1892. 2 Nicholson and Lydeker, Paleontology, 1889, first described in Memoir on Girvan, 1878. = 3 New Cotteswald Naturalists’ Club, Vol. XII, Pt. 1, 1895-6. Cryptozoon and other Ancient Fossils. 213 described by him as a sponge, under the name Streptochetus ocellatus,' and appears to be generically the same with Nicholson’s species, though belonging to an older forma- tion. These bodies occur in small rounded or elliptical masses, presenting a concentric structure resembling that of Cryptozoon on a small scale. Under the microscope, in specimens kindly communicated to me by Prof. Seely and Mr. Wethered, the layers are seen to be made up of minute tubes twisted together in a most complicated man- ner. The tubes are cylindrical, smooth, and apparently calcareous, and they do not oceupy the whole space, but leave irregular unoccupied cavities. The tubes make up the layers and there do not seem to be any distinct separating lamine between the layers, or any included earthy matter. In. these respects they differ structurally from Cryptozoon, and are certainly at least generically distinct, though having some resemblance in general manner of growth. Girvanella gives us little assistance in determining the affinities of Cyptozoon, and its own relationships have been very variously interpreted. It has been referred to Hydroids, Protozoa and even to Alge. Prof. Penhallow, however, who has examined my specimens, does not seem inclined to refer it to the latter, though it has certain resemblances to some of the Siphonee. Perhaps the most probable conjecture as to its affinities is that advanced by Nicholson,” who compares it with the recent tubulous Foraminifora of the genera Syringammuina and Hyperammina of Brady, whose tests present masses of tortuous and in some forms branching tubes, sometimes in concentric layers. I have recently been able to extend the range of this curious organism downward, by the discovery in a boulder in a conglomerate at Little Metis of numerous examples 1 American Journal of Science, 1885. 2 Nicholson and Lydeker, Manual of Paleontology, 1889, p. 127. 214 Canadian Record of Science. of a species which is probably of Lower Cambrian age. It occurs in a laminated imperfectly oolitic limestone, in oval, somewhat flattened masses, the largest of which is 18 mm. in its longest diameter. They show an obscure concentric structure, and are mostly in the state of granular calcite, but in. places have the characteristic tubes of Girvanella, though less curved and twisted than those of the Chazy and Silurian specimens, and also of smaller diameter. The formation holding the conglomerate is the Sillery (Upper Cambrian), but the fossiliferous limestone boulders which it contains are, so far as known, of Lower Cambrian age, to which therefore the specimens in question may with probability be referred. The difference in structure as well as in age entitles this form to a specific name. It may be named Girvanella antiqua, and may be defined as similar in size and general structure to G. ocellata ot the Chazy, but with less convoluted and narrower tubes. V. RECEPTACULITES, ARCHAOCYATHUS, &C. In “ The Dawn of Life” (1875), reference was made to the singular and complicated organism known as Recepta- culites, Which at that time was generally regarded as Foraminiferal, and is still placed by Zittel, in his great work on Paleontology, among forms doubtfully refer- able to that group. It has also been referred to sponges, though on very uncertain grounds. It has not, however, been traced; so far as I _ know, any farther back than the Upper Cambrian, and no structural links are known to connect it with Crypto- zoon or with Archeeozoon. It may, however, be regarded as a possible survivor of an ancient type, probably a proto- zoan, forming an unusually large and complicated skele- ton, sometimes a foot in diameter, and which may not improbably have existed much earher than the time of the Cryptozoon and other Ancient Fossils. 215. formations in which it has hitherto been found. In any case it should be looked for in the Pre-cambrian beds, The latest attempt known to me to unravel the relations. of Receptaculites is that of Dr. Rauff in the Transactions. of the German Geological Society. He repeats and con- firms the observations of Billings as to its structure, differing only in rejecting the pores of the internal wall. He also rightly concludes that it must have been a calca- reous organism, and consequently cannot be referred to any of the groups of silicious sponges ; but seems to regard its systematic position as still quite uncertain. It may possibly remain so, till either modern analogues, or more ancient and simpler forms, shall be discovered. Recepta- eulites and its allies are at present known as low as the Lower Ordovician on the one hand, as high as the Carbon- iferous on the other. Another primitive and apparently very generalised type is the genus Archwocyathus of Billings, one of the oldest and most curious Cambrian fossils. It deserves an addi- tional notice here, in connection with facts and publications. of recent dates. As early as 1865 my attention was attracted to these forms by specimens presented to me by Mr. Carpenter, a missionary to Labrador, and about the same time Mr. Billings was kind enough to shew me specimens which had been obtained by Mr. Richardson of the Geological Survey, in what was then known as the “ Lower Potsdam ” of L’Anse a Loup in that region, and which he had described in 1861 and 1864, stating that he was in doubt whether they should be referred to corals or sponges. Slices of the specimens were made for the microscope, when it appeared that, though they had the general aspect of turbinate corals, like Petraia, etc., they were quite dis- similar in structure, more especially in their porous inner: and outer walls and septa, yet they did not closely resemble the porous corals, which besides were regarded as. 216 Canadian Record of Science. of much more recent date. Nor could they with proba- bility be referred to sponges, as they were composed of solid caleareous plates which, as was evident from their texture, could not have been spicular, and which, it appeared, must have been composed of ordinary calcite — and not of aragonite. One seemed thus shut up to the idea of their being foraminiferal, and if so very large and complex forms of that group, consisting of perforated chambers arranged around a central funnel and occasionally subdivided by thinner curved lanellae. I mentioned them in this connection in the“ Dawn of Life” in 1875, not as closely related to Eozoon, but as apparently showing the existence of very large foraminifera in the Lowest Cambrian. The specimens thus noticed were those named A. pro- fundus by Billings, and were from the Lower Cambrian. He had, however, referred to the same genus silicified specimens from the Calciferous or Upper Cambrian, which were subsequently found to be associated with spicules like those of lithistid sponges, and which may have been very different from the species of the Lower Cambrian, and are now indeed placed in a different genus. The subject became in this way involved in some confusion, and the genus of Billings was supposed by some to be referable to corals and by others to sponges. I, therefore, asked my friend Dr. Hinde to re-examine my specimens, and at the same time Mr. Billings placed in his hands examples of the later form,and he also obtained specimens from European localities which agreed substantially with the older of the Labrador specimens, and were from the same ancient horizon. Hinde retains the original and older type from Labrador in Archzeocyathus,’ and places the later form, A. minganensis of Billings, in a new genus Archveoscyphia. In this Walcott, in his memoir on the Lower Cambrian fauna, substantially agrees with Hinde. Hinde, however, rejects my foraminiferal suggestion, and 1 Journal Geol. Society of London, Vol. 45, 1889, pp. 125, et sequ. — Cryptozoon and other Ancient Fossils. 217 prefers to regard Archeocyathus as a coral, though he admits that it is of a very peculiar and generalized type, unknown except in the lowest Cambrian; but there very widely diffused, since it occurs in different parts of North America, in Spain and in Sardinia. I think, however, we may still be allowed to entertain some doubt as _ to its reference to corals, more especially as its skeleton does not seem to have been composed of aragonite. I still continue to hope that, whether Protozoon or coral, it may be traced below the Lower Cambrian, and may form a link connecting the fauna of that age with that of still older deposits. In my description of it in “The Dawn of of Life,’ in 1875, I have written of it in the following terms :—“ To understand Archeocyathus let us imagine an inverted cone of carbonate of lime, from an inch or two to a foot in length, and with its point buried in the mud at the bottom of the sea, while its open cup extends upward into the clear water. The lower part buried in the bottom is composed of an irregular acervuline net- work of thick calcareous plates, enclosing chambers com- municating with one-another. Above this, where the cup expands, its walls are composed of thin outer and inner plates perforated with numerous holes in vertical rows, and connected with each other by vertical partitions, also perforated, establishing free communication between the radiating chambers, mto which the thickness of the wall is divided.” Such a structure might, no doubt, serve as a skeleton for a peculiar and generalized coral, but it might just as well accommodate a protoplasmic protozoon with chambers for its sarecode and pores for emission of its psendepods both outwardly and by means of the interior cup, which in that case would represent one of the oscula or funnels of Eozoon or of the modern Carpenteria. 218 Canadian Record of Scrence. VI. PRE—CAMBRIAN IN WALES. In the past summer I was enabled to spend a few days, with the assistance of my friend, Mr. H. Tweeddale Atkin, of Egerton Park, Rock Ferry, in examining the supposed Pre-Cambrian rocks of Holyhead Island and Anglesey. Fossils are very rare in these beds. As Sir A. Geikie has shewn, the quartzite of Holyhead is in some places perfo- rated with cylindrical worm-burrows; and in the micaceous shales there are long, cylindrical cords which may be algae of the genus Palwochorda, and also bifurcating fossils resembling Chondrites, but I saw no animal fossils. I have so far been able to discover no organic structure in the layers of limestone associated with apparently bedded serpentine in the southern part of Holyhead Island. In central Anglesey there are lenticular beds of lmestone and dolomite associated with Pre-Cambrian rocks, which Dr. Calloway regards as probably equivalent to the Pebidian of Hicks. In these there are obscure traces of organic fragments; and in one bed near Bodwrog Church, I found a rounded, laminated body, which may be an imperfectly preserved specimen of Cryptozoon or’ some allied organism. The specimens collected have not, how- ever, been yet thoroughly examined. These, and other pre-Cambrian deposits in Great Britain, correspond in their testimony with the Eozoic rocks of North America, as to the small number and rarity of fossil remains in the formations below the base of the Paleozoic, and the consequent probability that in these formations we are approaching to the beginning of life on our planet. Mr. Edward Greenly, F.G.8., of Achnasheaw, Bangor, is now engaged in a careful revision of the geological map of Anglesey, and will give special attention to Pre-Cambrian fossils. He has already discovered, in rocks supposed to: be of that age, organisms recognized by Dr. Hinde as spicules of sponges.’ 1 Jonrnal Geological Society, Nov., 1896. Cryptozoon and other Ancient Fossils. 219 In conclusion, it is interesting to note how many large but obseure and problematical organic remains, all apparently of low types and generalised structures, and therefore difficult to classify, cluster about the base of the Cambrian, and appear to point to a primitive world beyond, of whose other inhabitants we know little else except indications of marine worms, of sponges, of a few Protozoa, and possibly of plants. Like the floating débris of the land noted by Columbus on his westward voyage, they raise our hope that we are one day to reach and annex to the empire of geological science a new region in which we may be able to see the beginnings of those great lines of life that have descended ‘through the ages, and are ‘alike mysterious in their origin, their development, the decay and disappear- ance of some of them, and the addition from time to time of new types to their number. I may add for the benefit of searchers in this field two practical points: (1) Such organisms as most of those referred to in this paper are not attractive to the ordinary collector; because externally they shew little of their structure, which becomes manifest only after they have been cut and etched with dilute acid or prepared in trans- parent slices for study under the microscope. There can be little doubt that many of them are overlooked for this reason. (2) In Cambrian and Pre-Cambrian formations fossils are often abundant on certain surfaces or in certain thin layers, while intervening beds of great thickness are barren. Hence the importance when productive beds are found, of working them thoroughly when possible. In this the local collector who can revisit the same spot many times and spend days in working at it, has great advan- tages. Otherwise such productive spots can be adequately worked only by spending money in securing good collect- ors and giving them sufficient means for excavation. 16 220 Canadian Record of Science. A Few Notes on CANADIAN PLANT-LORE. By Carrie M. Derick, M.A., McGill University. In that part of the Province of Quebec known as the Eastern Townships, are to be still found lingering superstitions and quaint ideas, which reveal the story of the past. Clarenceville, which lies between Missisquoi Bay and the Richelieu River, is peopled by the descendants of Dutch United Empire Loyalists. Owing, however, to intermarriage with other nationalities, many of the traits of the Dutch ancestors have been lost, and the current folk-lore can frequently be traced to English, Irish, and Seotch sources. Coming, as they did, more than one hundred years ago to hew out a new home in the heart of the primeval forest, they lved close enough to nature to lay up a rich store of weird fancies and strange legends for the delight of their children’s children. But the struggle for existence was too keen and the people too closely occupied with the sternly practical side of life to weave new stories of the mysterious world around them, and even the old were forgotten. Moreover, the effects of the late war were so deeply impressed upon their hearts that the reminiscences of old age were of the intense realities of the immediate past rather than of the superstitions about field and wood. It is not surprising, therefore, that the plant-lore of the community is largely medicinal. The doctrine of signatures, which supposed that plants by their external characters indicated the diseases for which nature intended them as remedies, has been superseded by a_ scientific knowledge of the true medicinal properties of plants. Nevertheless, many can recall some old woman whose famous cures were effected by meaus of herbs, and whose garret was redolent with the peculiar odors of dried pennyroyal, mint, and tansy. Among the time-honoured medicinal plants, are many ee ee ee ea ee ee ae ee Canadian Plant-Lore. Bot still considered most useful in home pharmacy. Celandine (Chelidonvwm majus) is much valued as the basis of an oint- ment used in various malignant diseases of the skin, and it is said to be a permanent cure for scrofula. The plant was held in high esteem in ancient times and was very popular as an eye remedy. Culpepper says the plant is called celandine from yeddév, the swallow, because “if you put out the eyes of young swallows, when they are in the nest, the old ones will recover their eyes again with this herb.”* But Gerarde assures us such “things are vain and false; for Cornelius Celses, lib. 6, witnesseth, That when the sight of the eies of divers birds is put forth by some outward means, it will after a time be restored of it selfe, and soonest of all the sight of the swallow ; whereupon (as the same author saith) the tale grew, how thorow an herb the dams restore that thing which healeth of it selfe.”” In Clarenceville, a salve made from the leaves of the chamomile (Anthemis nobilis) is frequently used, though it is not, as in the past, considered “a remedie against all wearisomnesse.”? In the Townships, it: is said that few people can grow the plant, for “while some can handle it, as soon as others touch it, it dies.” This view is directly opposed to the old English proverb, ** Like a camomile bed, The more it is trodden, The more it will spread.’’ Several species of Aralia are in great repute and probably do possess remedial properties. They are sought not only by the Canadian “simpler,’ but sarsaparilla is the chief ingredient of a popular patent medicine. Ginseng (Aralia quinquefolia); whose roots bear a supposed resemblance to the human body, was highly esteemed 1 Culpepper’s ‘‘ Complete Herbal and English Physician enlarged.” 2, 3, “The Herball or General Historie of Plants,” by John Gerarde. 4 Dyer’s Folk-Lore of Plants. 222 Canadian Record of Science. by the Chinese and Japanese and by North American Indians. Pere Lafitau discovered the plant in Canada in 1716', and the greatest, excitement ensued on account of the high price the plant commanded in the market. M. Garneau says: “ Le ginseng que les Chinois tiraint a grand frais du nord de Jl Asie, fut porté des bords du St. Laurent 4 Canton. Il fut trouvé excellent et vendu trés cher; de sorte que bientot une livre, qui ne valait a Québec que deux francs, y monta jusqu’a vingt-cing francs. Il en fut exporté, une année pour 500,000 franes. Le haut prix que cette racine avait atteint, excita une aveugle eupidite. On la cueillit au mois de mai au lieu du mois de septembre, et on la fit secher au four au lieu de la faire secher lentement et a ’ombre: elle ne valuit plus rien aux yeux de Chinois, qui cessérent d’en acheter. = on » Dd = 4 Ae x aie? direction. jin miles] § Ci PO a fad ae me perhourf! = |= | 4 [2 fa n a pase ass eee hese pene Bead ea sien N.E. 7-42 : 60 0.0 + | Q.0 TI. ep ee+s eee SUNDAY 81 8 63.8 N.E, 5.37 30] 6] of 57 § 5 ae Ci hs 790 657 Ss WwW 13-54 he ele fet] 8 27 0.00 ses | 0.00] 3 79 9 573 NE 9 59 8.5 |10] 59 xc o.1r om] 4 2 54.3 N.E 8.87 ff 0.2] 1] off 95 BEES ae Rall 8 2 56.3 N.W. 11.17 2.2| 6] off 76 mee a 8 6 8 59.2 S.W. 9-54 2.8 | 10] of 88 0.00 ry 0.00] 7 ie aa S.W, 14.33 ne 5 ©.00 0.00 | 20 8 51.8 Ss. W. 19.50 0.3 2 ° 97 Bee ad Rent ae dele Aer S.W. 12.62 aa “a 25 ° 03 sees | 0:03 | 28eeeceee ... SUNDAY aa 43-8 N.E. 7.9 30) 7] 0 76 ofA Ado +. | 23 9 52.0 N, 7.9 10.0 | 10 | Io 00 0.02 Bn 0.02 | 24 ae 59.2 Ss Ww. 10.96 8.8)10) 69 a1 0.54 0.54 | 25 “7 53-7 S.W. 10.25 3-5| 8] of go 0.00 0 02 | 26 5 57 5 SE, 14.17 3-7| 10] off -49 0.02 o 02 | 27 .2 595 S.W 14.79 5.2|10] of 22 0.09 0.00 | 28 77-09 | 56.42 §S.47° 4W_| 12.54 | 4.94 [8-26 £46555. 45 + -++..5ums, 23 Years means for 73.18 S$ 12.50 [ 5.31 958.51] 3-60 3 62 \ind including this y month. Direction.. ..... N. N,E. E S E. Ss S.W Woe N.W Cam. NOE) oak Seeetlocanns |. “hee | aay lokam le Cone| aeges | ars | Wromle ee Mid ole el anle® | Menke a: Mean velocity... esa) © 8.05] 9.73 12.58 | 93.02 a 11.5 Ne tae oe Greatest mileage in one hour was 27, on tue 30th. Greatest velocity in gusts 36 miles per hour on the 30th. Resultant mileage, 4570. Resultant direction, S. 47°} Total mileage, 9343. WwW. * Barometer readings reduced to sea-level and temperature 32° Fahrenheit. § Observed. t Pressure of vapour in inches of mereury. t Humidity relative, saturation being 100. 7 16 years only. #11 years only. The greatest heat was 82°V on the 8th; the greatest cold was 44.°9 on the 23rd, giving a range of temperature of 37°1 degrees. Warmest day was the 3rd. Coldest day was the 28rd. Highest barometer reading was 30.190 on the 5th. Lowest barometer was 29.514 on the 11th giving arange of 0.676inches. Maximum relative Minimum relative & humidity was 99 on the 25th. humidity was 49 on the 14th. Rain fell on 21 days. Auroras were observed on 2 nights on 20th and and 28rd. Lunar halo on 1 night on 7th. Lunar Corena on 3 nighta on 12th, lith and 19th. Thunderstorms on 5 days—on 10th, 15th, 16th, 25th and 27th. ABSTRACT FOR THE MONTH OF SEPTEMBER, 1607, Meteorological Observations, McGill College Observatory, Montreal, Canada. Height above sea level, 187 feet, C. H. McLEOD, Superintendent. Sky¥ CLOUDED THERMOMETER. BAROMETER, WIND. In TentHs, Fah acl! s , a3 —$—— $$ | ——— —— — — ——— ] tMean | tMean ees — —fo5/ =4 = ao DAY pressure [relative | Dew Mean aac) Sc os a 5 DAY. f i of vapor, |humid- J Point General |velocity] ¢ |x| ¢§oo8!] £2 28 laz Mean Max. | Min. |Range, | Mean §Max, Min. Range, ity. direction, lin milesl & a)59.%2| a7 8 ae s = = ie Gj un 5 perhour} = Ay a Up 63.72 | 72.7 | 54-7 18.0 30.0132 | 30.050 | 29.992 +058 +4277 72.3 54-5 S.W, EceWa (Pe eullliculharas [Sey | Bell oneee ea eS 2 60.32} ¢8.9 54.4 14.5 30 1350 | 30.254 32 022 232 3453 66.8 48.8 N.W. 12.63 28] 7| of & ea on Boreal be 39 55-53] 63.4 | 48.5 14.9 30-3523 | 30.376 | 30.296 080 3060 Jo 2 45-5 N.W. 9-29 J 2.2] 8| of 79 a evel tesceraenl eal 4 86 08 | 64.7 47-8 16.9 30 3265 30. 404 30.227 177 3813 85 3 51.3 S.W. 9 04 3-7| 10] o 33 0.00 weonieeh {Ou OGy || und SUNDAY seccee.. 5 eas 76.8 52.4 Pvc? t | he esoctoo: || Sscconeiigsecs (I cocci veeee atts ereters S.W. 23.67 bas San ere 96 Meir os aie Be rgas es anes SUNDAY 6 €9.13 | 89.2 59 5 20.7 30 1672 | 30.300 30.061 +239 -4917 68 5 58.0 Ww. 16.08 o5| 2| off 85 fae oF Reed tm) 7 57-33 64.6 50.0 14.6 30.3283 30 421 30.225 +19 2 3513 74.3 49.2 N. 9.70 4.7 | 10] 0 34 0.02 ona 0.02 7 8 68.07 78.6 55-8 22.8 30 0603 | 30.187 29 965 222 5745 82.5 62.5 S.W. 14.75 3-2]10] 0 55 0.01 siesta | Ova a 9 74.43 83:2 65 6 17.6 29.9685 30 005 29.931 .074 6473 75.8 66.3 S.W. 22 63 02 I ° 89 he ae Acts 9 io f 77.72 | 6.8 69.9 16.9 2g 9618 | 29 995 29.921 +074 6838 71.5 68.0 S.W, 20.25 3.3| 8] Of 79 0.02 0.02 | 10 11 62.33 | 74.5 52.5 22.0 30.1687 | 30.283 30,063 220 -3295 58.0 47.2 N. 13.00 5.0| 10] oO 47 0.00 Ari 0.00 | Ir SUNDAY,......-12 Pea || OO 44.3 Aslete | | icesticcs | fEmgGocee ied Mame or S| feet sewn =a N.E. Chey d Inne ion diecc | feck! 0.03 “s 0.03 | 12.....+.4+.s SUNDAY 13 64.63 74.8 56 6 18.2 29.8470 | 29.980 29-742 238 +4775 77.2 57 2 S.W. 17.42 6.5 | 10] 1 38 0.26 c.26 | 13 14 56.45 62.2 52-5 0.7 go.1855 30 295 30.053 «242 +3315 72.8 47.7 Ww. 11.71 4.3 | 10 ° 73 0.00 0.00 | 14 15 55 82 | 63.8 47.2 16.6 30.2430 | 30.345 30.127 218 3417 76.3 48.3 N 6.92 1.0! 6] 0 98 aie . per peks 16} 6097| 63.3 49-7 18,6 29 8y70 | 30 099 29.729 +370 4462 83.0 555 E, 10.13 5.3| 10] Of 29 0 03 » | 003 | 16 17 f 56.90 | 64.7 45-6 19.1 29.9040 | 30 029 29.756 264 +3428 720 47-3 N.W. 15.08 3.8} 10| off 86 0.02 0.02 | 17 18 ff 48.75 | 56.1 41-3 14.8 29.8803 | 30,015 29.72 -286 2392 68.8 39-0 Se 11.54 65]|10| o 17 0.00 dine eOLOOn ce SUNDAY. ......19 eee 65.1 50.4 SGP Ve epgone ale ober ie) |) Se afstaayeny ewratutaisietn, RM cVelat vies Genie ante S: 14.63 25 0.13 0.13 | 19. ..000+44ee SUNDAY 20 46.10 | 49.3 42.6 6.7 30 0723 | 30 oor 30 036 +055 - 2603 84.2 4U.7 N. 12-75 21 46. 32 51.8 40.3 11.5 30.1378 30.205 30 077 128 +2105 67.2 35-7 S.W 17.38 22 51.40 | 59.5 42.7 16.8 30.2672 30 287 30 249 048 .2845 75.2 43-7 N. Io 67 23 54-73 | 63.5 45-0 18.5 30.2077 | 30.291 30.110 -187 3235 76 2 47.0 N. 7-17 24 56.39 62.5 50.5 12.0 29.9678 30.047 29.905 142 «3782 83.7 51.2 N. 9-92 25 61.77) 70.9 | 51-5 19-4 29 9723 | 30.020 | 29.918 +102 4187 76.0 53.8 S W. 22, 46 SUNDAY...,.055:20/8 o.0.. | 66.9 46.0 OVO cee iy sip lhe cz spins avai Ratgunaal [fee tacarecaceQate Ate carsieintate wane aisveis SW. 19.46 279 42-98 | 47.7 39-4 8.3 30.0958 | 30.195 29.981 214 -1913 68.8 33-7 S.W. 22.87 28 46.17 | 56.0 35-5 20.9 30.2287 | 30.290 30 166 124 . 1813 59:5 32.0 Sow. 19.92 29 50.10) 552 43.8 11.4 30.2760 | 30 317 30.242 +075 .2485 68.2 39.8 S.W. 11.08 go f 58.68 | 69.4 44.2 25.2 30-1225 | 30 237 29.992 +245 +3707 74-2 50.2 S.W. 18,21 31 eneee vise Ato Ratio Sooo earn a Spell. ‘ounftetenel Meraete ee aiatatava Amrit a || | nenapae. ironaged GANS foc cet scents | 57.80 66.24 49.36 16,88 30,1072 | 30.1924 30.0193 +1731 3687 | 73.40 49.04 9S, 63%4° W.| 14 61 23 Years means | ee 23 Years means for for and including 58.49 | 66.56 | 50.70 15.87 Z0sOX44 |) wee ane oc ~180 +3744 75-5 S 12,64 # 5.41 154-32| 3-05 er «+s» | 4 and including this this month ...... I month. ANALYSIS OF WIND RECORD. * Barometer readings reduced to sea-level aud aaa ws aes Minimum relative / : umidity was 40 on the . eins | y w Nw temperature 32° Fahrenheit. : Directon....... | N- | ™E.| 2 | 8B. | 8. [swe |W. | NW.) Cae [me erred. Rain fell on 18 days. Miles ..... 1217 94 202 | 311 966 | 5469 639 1558 + Pressure of vapour in inches of mercury. Lunar Coronas on 8 nights. Duration in hrs..| 132 16 21 sani 66 | 298 47 110 i Humidity relative, saturation being 100. Thunder storms on 10th, 13th and 26th. on sees es ie! Sacra {16 years only. #11 years only. Mean velocity....| 9.22 5.88 | 9.62 | 10.37] 14.64 18.35 | 14.87 | 14.16 The greatest heat was 85°8 on the 10th; the Greatest mileage in one hour was 33, on the 5th. Greatest velocity in gusts 36 miles per hour on the 5th, 27th and 30th. Resultant mileage, 5838. Resultant direction, 8S. 63°} W. Total mileage, 10,516. Average velocity, 14.61 m. p. h. greatest cold was 35°.5 on the 28th, giving a range of temperature of 51.3 degrees. Warmest day was the 10th. Coldest day was the 27th. Highest barometer reading was 30.421 on the 7th. Lowest barometer was 29.640 on the 26th giving arange of .781 inches. Maximum relative ’ - ? ~e : : - Pao fr a by Bea ti! eT oe ve he x Z ah - Re i > re cs ~ ¥ > oo 7 e F a ahy: ee ry , a = enclosed for that purpose. The editors will not hold themselves NOTICES. All communications and exchanges should be carefully 3 addressed to CANADIAN RecorD or SctEnce, Natural History Society, 32 University Street, Montreal. Rejected articles will be returned if desired, and if stamps are responsible for any views expressed by authors. Subscribers who fail to receive the RECORD, or who change their residences, are requested to notify the Editors accordingly. Back Numbers of the REcoRD may be obtained of the ae at forty cents per number. Volumes, unbound, may be had as follows: Beer Noe SS 1.50 Vous. II. to VI., 8 Nos. each, a bea 3.00 per vol. The Recor is issued quarterly and contains eight numbers, or 512 pages, in each volume. The subscription price, postage paid is as follows: | Canada and the United States, - - $3.00 Great Britain, . - - - - £013 0 ISSUED 27TH OCTOBBR, 1897. b c) nv Published quarterly; Price $3,00 the Volume of eight numbers. VOLUME Vit, NUMBER 7. THE CANADIAN RECORD OF SCIENCE INCLUDING THE PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY OF MONTREAL, AND REPLACING THE CANADIAN NATURALIST CONTENTS. PAGE Postscript to a ‘‘ Description of a New Genus and Species of Cystideans from the Trenton limestone at Ottawa. By J. F. Wurrnavss, F.R.S.C.”.... 395 Addendum to Note on Nova Scotia Carboniferous Entomostraca in Number for January, 1897. By Sir Wm. Dawson, LL.D., F.R.S............. e» 396 The Meeting of the British Association for the Advancement of Science. By MID INONTON TUVANS) MASS) foul 0 cs cies de oer se oleh th uae Ve cemamee 397 Address. By Sir Joun Evans, K.C.B., D.C.L., LL.D., 6, Ds, te wean eae 399 Report of Explorations in the Labrador Paninatiles alone the: East Main, Koksoak, Hamilton, Manicuagan and Portions of other Rivers in da02-93-94-95,. By A. P. Low, B.Ap.Sc. ... sine) ceca vn vec cnssicccepale . 426 The Great Unmapped Areas of the Earth’s Surface Awaiting the Explorer and Geographer. By J.Scorr Kuutin, LL.D.. etc...... .2..005- seeee 430 Book Notices : The Mineral Wealth of Canada: A Guide for Students of Economic Geology. By ArtrHur B. WitimorTt, M.A., B.Sc .....-...-0e00 .. 450 Report of the Geology of a Portion of the Laurentian Area, lying North of the Island of Montreal ........... ...+. SE gas WA cooee 451 MONTREAL: PUBLISHED BY THE NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY. LONDON, ENGLAND: BOSTON, MASS.: CeLuins, 157 Great Portland St. A. A. WATERMAN & Co., 36 Bromfield St. 1889. NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY OF MONTREA [Incorporated 1832. } OFFICERS—SESSION 1897-98. Patron: His EXCELLENCY THE GOVERNOR-GENERAL OF CANADA. Hon. President : Sir J. WiLtu1aAm Dawson, LL.D., F.R.S., F.R.S.C. President : Frank D, Apams, Ph.D., F.R.S.C. Ist Vice-President : JOHN S. SHEARER. Vice- Presidents : Rev. Rost. CAMPBELL, M.A., D.D. GEORGE SUMNER. Dr. WESLEY MILLs. J. H. JOSEPH. Str Donaup A. SmitH, G.C.M.G. Hon. Justice WURTELE. B. J. Harrineton, Ph.D., F.R.S.C. | Pror. Joun Cox, M.A. WaLTER DRAKE. Hon. Recording Secretary ; Hon. Corresponding Secretary : Cuas. S. J. PHILLIPS. | W. E. Deeks, B.A., M.D. Honorary Treasurer : Curator : F. W. RicHarDs. | J. B. Wiiiams. Members of Council : J. STEVENSON Brown, Chairman. ALBERT HOLDEN. A. F. WINN. G. P. Grrpwoop, M.D. Hon. J. K. Warp. C. T. WILLIAMS. EDGAR JUDGE. JAMES GARDNER. Au¥x. Bropig, B.A.Se. Editing and Exchange Committee : ALEX. Bropig, B.A.Sc., Chairman. G. F. Marruew, St. John, N.B. | Rev. R. Campseyy, M.A., D.D. J. F. WHITEAVEs, Ottawa, Ont. N. N. Evans, M.A.Se. Pror. Goopwin. Carriz M. Derick, M.A. FraNK D, ApAms, Ph.D., F.R.S.C. Library Committee : E. T. CHAMBERS, Chairman. J. A. U. Beaupry, C.E. JOSEPH FORTIER, Captain W. Ross. A. F. WINN. G. A. DuNLOP. - ‘ W. DRAKE. C. T. WILLIAMS. Museum Committee : J. B. WriiutaMs, Chairman. A. F. Winn. Rev. E. I. RExForpD, EK. D. WINTLE. Rev. Rosr. CAMPBELL, M.A., D. De G. A. Duntwop. JOHN S. SHEARAR. J. STEVENSON BROWN. Captain W. Ross. Lecture Commitiee : Rev. Rost. CAMPBELL, M.A., D.D., Chairman. Pror. Joun Cox, M.A. Cuas. 8. J. PHILLIPS. Dr. WESLEY MILLs. B. J. Harrineton, Ph.D., F.R. s, O. g N. N. Evans, M.A.Se. JOHN StTiRLING, M.B., Edin. ~) Hon. Justice WURTELE. J. STEVENSON BROWN. EpGar JUDGE. House Committee : i JNO. S. SHEARER, Chairman. ALBERT HoLpén. | Gro. SUMNER. Membership Committee : WALTER DRAKE, Chairman. JOHN S. SHEARER. Hon. J. K. WARD. Captain W. Ross. J..STEVENSON BROWN, Superintendent : ALFRED GRIFFIN. THE CANADIAN RECORD OF SCIENCE. VOL. VII. UY 5. 1897. Noa, POSTSCRIPT TO A ‘“ DESCRIPTION OF A NEW GENUS AND SPECIES OF CYSTIDEANS FROM THE TRENTON LIME-~ STONE AT OTTAWA.” By J. F. WHIrTEAVEs. In the January number of this journal for the current year the writer endeavoured to describe a new genus and species of blastoid-lhke cystideans from the Trenton limestone at Ottawa, under the name Astrocystites Cana- densis. Since this description was published, the writer has been informed by Mr. F. A. Bather, M.A., of the Natural History Department of the British Museum, that Haeckel in 1896 separated

a te a ‘i ‘ = Ag 4 F q ' i i t « ‘ _ * * } wr ' j ® J c a * ‘ is = { 5 ‘ " . F : : | es ’ val) z s } ; H «4 ; j A . i i . ’ ~ . iw) Nie ¥ = t i : i » - : t oy © b, i =A gs age a is ,', : it Bie g 3 f ‘ ne ‘i Aa fi ' 3 ; , +g ( M 4 Fis! : as et ; s i is ‘ ‘ 1% t : 4 fa ‘ = Y # ea : aay , ay Ge <= ies atin Bf . b eR aie NES “os r- 5 } = eye i ‘ \ 7 ; or ~ * . aay a | i a} tev aD tom figs pee ere “ae ; J “ i] ¢ " . \ 1 » - ’ a ‘ Li i my * i hye é . 3) Wi }! = ° , iy « { ksi eg { j fis a i t ¥ t , Ly , a ' ’ ‘ a , “aa 4 / < 1 ' 7 c t ’ hes Liste sateen er ee eet = = 4 . ys | tet reece Sa pee op alten | so see Tetinemter fee ra 7? . ye Dr 7 4 ‘ ae ot ae ae i —a Tae oheoate ie Avant —— rd gene ob . , V9 ‘i af Rr f - eine rte 2 sania ae fe Hy a: a. j ‘ C7 ‘otha be Rey ’ f M Aye F 3 i } i ’ 4 oe ‘ i | >) rf 22.32) 29.3 13-T 16.2 29-9725 | 29 994 29.951 +043 +09 30 77-7 16.7 Ss 12, 62 0.5| 3] off 82 tee i I 29 21.03 | 28.5 14.2 14-3' 30.1013 | 30.148 30 057 -OjT +0923 8 3 16.3 WwW. 8.83 o.0/ of] off g2 hae snr a 39 20.77| 28.4 13.0 15.4 go 2295 | 30.285 go 164 +12 +0883 78.8 15.5 N. 10.05 oo| o| of y6 aoa sees 3 4] 24 65 34.0 129 21.1 go 1992 | jo 281 g0.104 +177 +1132 82 8 20.5 iS) 8.79 3.51 9| 0 86 oe ani 4 5 26.95 | 32.8 21.8 1r10 go.1492 | 30 231 30.091 +140 1103 75 2 20.5 SW. 20.42 °e.0/ o|] of 97 ara aK oe 5 SUNDAY se0000...6 9 ees. | 35+7 22.0 13-7 Wan te. ive caine wh aenre aed Bea S.W. PEGE | Porcine Won) Pack eee eee we | QseeeeeeseesSUNDAY 7] 32-85 | 403 | 23-0 17.3 30-4140 | 30.454 | 30.382 072 +1465 78 5 26.7 S: 16.42 1.2| 3] of 84 oats ‘ ae nt a) 8H 33.08 | 41.3 24-4 16.9 30.3115 | 30 333 30 244 +139 1463 717 26.8 Ss. 5.63 1.0] 3] off 76 ee Mack meted: = 99 37-99| 43-7 28.4 15.3 go.2250 | 30.247 30.1yt «050 682 735 30 2 SE 12 33 4.2| 8] off 54 Hee ee reeled) wo f 41.53 | 47-1 | 36-0 | 427 30.24°7 | 30.284 | 30.214 007 1930 73-3 9 33-5 oh 3.00 J 28] g| of 28 is apart waft 44-12 | 48.7 38-4 10.3 30 1157 | 30 223 | 29.952 +270 +2205 70.2 30.8 Ss. 21,03 63|10| of 78 | oor deco |. O.On juan 12 42.18 45.8 39-7 6.1 29.8790 | 29.923 29.854 069 +2513 93 5 49.3 S. 20.59 10.0 | to | 10 00 0.54 mieih © 54 | 12 SUNDAY. 00000033 fF ss: . [= 46.5 35-6 10.9 tenants wncest oO eee ata Rieere se sh S0uaae El steac| ve | cat Og 0.3 see | 0.93 | 13. ceeeeeeeesSUNDAY 14 3I.70 | 35-3 26.5 8.8 jo o100 | 30.216 29.797 +419 +1322 737 24.3 S.W. 36 71 0.8] 5| off 99 nae avaate soe |e! : 15} 25.83 | 31.3 18.9 12.4 39 3798 | 30-426 30 337 +08) 1082 75-8 19.5 N. 10.75 0.0} o| off go ie sale plirg 16 3495 | 39.3 25-9 13.4 30.1077 | 30.220 29.871 +349 +1537 77.2 28.5 S 22.46 5.3|1t0] of 34 Re 09 | 0.09 | 16 17] 39-5 | 45-2 35-4 9.8 29 8372 | 30065 | 29.659 +370 «1782 733 31.5 Ww. 26.79 | 3.7|10| of 83 | 0.22 see [0.92 | 17 / 18 f 3627] 39.8 31-0 8.8 30-1943 | 30.27% yo 088 -183 1372 63 25.5 Ww. 11.33 914.7 | 10] off 72 aa fetal ones 19 f 49-90] 49.0 32-5 17.5 29.7207 | 29.988 | 29.482 +506 +2305 87. 37 # S.E, 15.88 9 10.0, 10 | 10 ff oo | 0,28 see | 0.28 | 19 SUNDAY........20 PA Bie 30.6 20.5 wosene aelsioeta Bess hewgee B. vawiece ae ate sta Ww. 22 31 ee 54 0 00 20 | 0 00 | 20..s000+000s SUNDAY arf 28.38 | 33.2 | 24.2 9-0 30 2445 | 39.277 | 30 222 055 +1098 69 20.3 N. 7.42 3.8] 10| of 52 ocr: aa Fae (eax 22 33.08 | 41.6 223 19.3 29.9833 | 30.269 29.645 -615 1367 69 24.5 S.E 19 71 2.0] 10} off oo 9 00 tee honda, ||haa 23 3338] 49.9 | 25-4 15.5 29.7702 | 30-036 | 29 423 +673 1488 74. 260 S.E. 20 13 4.3|10| off 75 | 0.17 see | 0.87 | 23 249 29.18] 38.1 18.8 19.3 30.1682 | 30.204 go 124 -050 1i45 69 21.0 SE. 5 03 oo|] of| off 94 math an +. | 24 25 3035] 43.8 29.9 13-9 3° 4413 | 30.574 | 30.264 +306 1543 7 230 Ww, 6 92 0.7|) 2] Off 94 agnic aeee oe | 25 26 § 42-47] 53-5 | 31-9 | 22.5 30 6048 | 30.048 | 30.582 +066 1745 64. 31.0 S.E, 16 38 3.0] 9| of 58 a Aii0 see | 20 SUNDAY... ,....27 ae 58.3 3°-5 21.8 ciaalseie seainew weve aace aerate 46 prea SE 18.03 Sires | eared Prete 83 tian cate sa | 2JeeeeeeeseesSUNDAY 28— 4608] 49.3 448 5-5 30.2472 | 30 316 30.186 +135 2607 83.8 40.2 Sik. 27.42 | 100] 10 | 10 ff oo 0.37 Vaca (olay (has 29 40.48 4-7 34.8 9-9 30 2122 30. 266 30-194 072 +2298 90.3 37.7 hi 2> 38 8.0] 10] o oo 0.63 z 0.63 | 29 30f 35-93] 424 | 300 | 12.4 | 30.1882 | 30.269 | 3-115 +154 1385 65.3 ff 25-7 S.w. 15.71 4.3| 10] off 86 AG rs - | 3° 31 3397| 44-9 235 16.4 30-9723 | 30. 1y2 30.002 +190 1Lr0 56.3 20.3 Neves 14.17 5.7|10| off 58 Ane aie ny cae Means...... 33-95 | 41.41 | 27.37 | 14.04 30.1492 | 30.2495 | 30.0453 «2042 1536 9 75.40 26 8g § S.18° W.| 17 32 93.77 | 6-7/¢.1 PF 6e-5 | 2.55 09 | 2-64] ...0. ++ \....5UMs, 24 Years means = ee: ae a =a 24 Years means for for and including 24 59 | 31.75 | 17.15 | 14.60 29.9759 secs an 2265 . 1108 76.43 ory, At s 17.83 | 5.89 + []47-32| 1-10 az 64 | 3 38 | 4 and including this this month ...... F, | : month, — ee ee ee eee eee ee eee Bee aa +e ANALYSIS OF WIND RECORD. * Barometer readings reduced to sea-level and humidity was 98 on the 12th, 13th one Mini- ny fre aa epee coe temperature 32° Fahrenheit. mum relative humidity was 45 on the 26th. Direction. . N N.E. E. S E, S50 SV ere N.W Cato. § Observed. Rain fell on 10 days. r (Gate >| haar as oem ae } oA > el —o Pressure of vapour in inches of mercury. Snow fell on 2 days. Mil 38 | 28 G3¢ | 306 t sacl g : ue Se | S875 | me ie ee ei er ONS) OE aa a ae t Humidity relative, saturation being 100. Rain or snow fell on 11 days. , Duration in hrs.. 47 12 | 160 234 130 125 15 15 717 years only. #12 years only. Auroras were observed on 3 nights. M nie locit ne 6 a3) 6 ei 8 hace a ae Tae The greatest heat was 68°.3 on the 27th; the Lunar halo onS nights. Lunar coronas on 9 n vi iat ‘ 17. 1 22. 2 7. . ean velocity 9-30 15 67 | 7.84 37 55 | 18.ty | 15-47 greatest cold was 12>.9 on the dth, giving a nights. = range of temperature of 45.4 degrees. Fog on 7 days. EEE 3 * + " 3 & Seeds A ws * . Cad " Ar TOS 0 ES oe ee ; y vines! a. ye teas Me ene TBST Ey ACT. FOR’ THE MONTH OF APRIL, 1898. cod! BN Zac es Sa El 53 =3 so ogee) Ss | 5 | 8 DAY. yO8!] £4 ea ips 2.5] sa ie nl 3 q mic os 2) fi 96 Tate6 0.3 | 0,03] x 5t cues B5OG. Aj) anos 2 65 Z ©Q9 | 0.08 | 3..0000..+.sUNDAY 15 *s 0.4 0.03 4 = 45 see o.1 0.01 5 56 Bride np te lineages] AG go oe : 7 87 ao pat lang (nt 95 a ome 9 96 aN waisle ++ | 10....00+000eSUNDAY 97 sae : 92 Fok 77 wees 28 sits 2 0.00 6x eta 65 Dee's 97 vue 63 0.03 oo 0.70 37 0 20 74 BaD 60 eee 00 sielh wisilt sss | 2heeeeeee.eesSUNDAY 5° see peice one) a5) 74 sisi tees Aric Wh Ete 96 na see vee | 27 72 vite bon ove | 28 00 0.07 e) | OLO7) hay) 17 0.00 +a» | 0,00 | 30 58.6 | 1.00 2977 |}) Med 5) Ininiera piaie=i¢iu is gutgeailL sa 24 Years meansfor ~ [51-52| 1-64 5.63 | 2,21 and including this month. humidity was 970n the 20th. Minimum relative humidity was 30 on the 28th, Rain fell on 6 days. Snow fell on 4 days. Rain or snow fell on 10 days. Auvoras were observed on 2 nights. Lunar halo on 1 night. Lunar coronas on 5 eo e ; : Shape Intends > ! ' i | eae Meteorological Observations, McGill College Observatory, Montreal, Canada, Height above sea level, 187 feet, C. H. McLEOD, Superintendent. “ . © SKY CLOUDED 3 THERMOMETER. BAROMETER, WIND. In TenTus, Rin —}] ——_——_-___. — +Mean | {Mean — P DAY : - pressure frelative | Dew Mean “2 . . ; of vapor, fhumid- § Point. # General |velocity ‘ta Range, | Mean. | §Max, §Min, Range. ity. direction. |in miles| t ' > : per hour, 7 a = 15.6 30.0400 | 30,103 29.992 +I11 -0870 58.2 14.8 W. 20, 46 ms 17-4 29.9122 | 30,041 29.803 +238 +1067 68.8 19.2 WwW 12.54 "a SUNDAY,.-..6..% mo Cenuhie Seauee ae Pos aeaigete Sat as WwW. bested (Aerie ery = 14.4 g0.0362 | 30.114 29-999 115 .0927 73-5 15.8 N. 10.42 5 7 12.9 30.0048 | 30.132 29.075 -157 . 1007 75.3 18.5 S.W. 6.75 oe. 13-3 29.8897 | 29.960 29.817 +143 +1230 71.8 22.7 SW. 13.92 8 16.7 29.9212 | 29.967 29.826 +141 +1318 56.0 24.3 Ww. 18.00 “ 19.5 30.0258 | 30,110 29.992 118 .1238 44.2 22.8 Ww, 11.88 2 23-7 30.0925 | 30.153 30 043 +110 .1650 54.3 29.8 Ss. W. 8.96 SUNDAY,....... 26.3 walaiente sees alcicinwrat ADOtie) \ecanoc . Sond cous N, 7-79 : pat 25-7 30.1725 | 30.208 gO 145 063 1765 45.0 31.3 E. 3-79 by 12 205 30.1513 | 30.237 30,058 -179 1928 46.5 33-2 E. 6.08 ; 3 25.8 29.8975 | 30.052 20.747 «305 2203 54.5 37.0 N. 11.96 * 14 21.0 29.6727 | 29.756 | 209.603 +153 2037 55-5 34.8 N, 21,03 sy 15 1728) 29.6478 | 29.678 29-622 «056 2100 63.7 35.0 N. 21.04 : 16 20.0 29.6027 | 29.638 29.552 .086 2463 92-7 39.8 N. 10.84 i SUNDAY. .....+17 28.2 nigeinsts paces sic eawe we elke cei . Sales S.W. 14.58 18 16.0 30.0722 | 30.203 29.925 -278 1352 50.2 25.0 N.W. 17-75 19 18.1 30.0655 | 30.211 29.888 maze ~1563 50.8 27.8 S.E. 13-21 20 8.2 29.6963 | 29.764 29.646 +118 2288 9 93.3 37-8 S.E, 12.88 2r It.2 29.6815 | 29.864 29 598 =206 2357 847 38.8 S.W. 12.67 22 21.7 29-9323 | 29-989 29.892 +097 2148 67.3 36.3 S.W, 21.54 23 16.8 29-9025 | 29.937 29,880 © +057 2570 72.7 41.0 S.E. 7.88 SUNDAY... ..«..24 12.7 Tale eye Sisthivels his sigiatn Pare nro El Neate 5 ao cine N. 20,21 airaiet, [leer |itere 25 15.5 30.0203 | 30.150 29.913 -237 -1942 61.5 33-7 N. 23.50 mei Zod 2 26 19.3 30.2397 | 30.290 30,189 +101 1703 56.0 30.5 N. 14.38 2.0] 6| o 27 24-7 | 30 2790 | 30.370 | 30.211 +159 1725 | 55-3 | 30.8 N. g.oo f 1.2] 3] © 28 24.8 30.0677 | 30.225 29.891 334 1432 42.5 26.2 N.W. 16.75 S230 eo 0 29 10.6 29,8070 | 29.863 29-754 -109 2087 81.5 35-5 N 16.67 9.5) |) 101 | 7, - 30 17-7 29.9498 | 30.091 29.875 +210 2280 67.7 37-8 N.W. 18,63 7-7| 10] 0 — = eS aeeel ana oe Cn pas ees | ree | Es eee ee Be ee MERNS? tet =er5% 38,17 29.9554 | 30-0425 | 29.8783 +1642 | +1740 ff 62.44 30 or J N. 44° W.| 13.89 24 Years means for and including 16.34 29.9604 CIC sveeee «202 +1729 66.97 ite eahte s 16.46 jthis month ...... } ANALYSIS OF WIND RECORD. * Barometer readings reduced to sea-level and im temperature 32° Fahrenheit. Direction........| N. | N.E E. S E, Ss. | Sei aleve N.W. Cam. § Observed. - —— | — — — | — — —— |—_—— - SS ag t+ Pressure of vapour in inches of mercury. eS parka EE yo be eer Oe Pe | 2040 Ba 8) gi ad { Humidity relative, saturation being 100. Duration in hrs..| 255 27 44 40 20 141 IoL 85 7 {17 years only. «#12 years only. = _ aa ee en Gee | LS was 66°.6 on the 13th ;. the Mean velocity....| 15.3r 8.33 6.43 | 12.98 8.85 | 14.53 | 14.89 | 15-73 The greateat heat Greatest mileage in one hour was 30, on tie 25th. Greatest velocity in gusts 42 miles per hour on the 25th. Resultant mileage, 4,315. Resultant direction, N. 44° W. Total mileage, 9,998.’ Average velocity 13,89 m. p. h. greatest cold was 14°.lon the 3rd, giving a range of temperature of 52.5 degrees. Warmest day was the 13th. Coldest day was the 3rd. Highest barometer reading was 30.370 on the 27th. Lowest barometer was 29.552 on the 16th giving arange of 0-818 inches. Maximum relative nights. Solar halo on 1 day. vow PND EX. Note.—The pages marked with an asterisk * (267-325) are to be found in the Number for April, 1897, coming immediately after page 328. PAGE ApDAMS, (FRANK D.), M A.Se., Ph.D. :— On a New Alkali Hornblende and a Titaniferous Andradite from the Nepheline- eu of Dungannon, Hastings County, Cl SET EMS ic SUE ee Bn ECan ae an aan RS ai On the Origin and Relations of the Grenville and Hastings Series.in the Canadian Laurentian ... 1... 5.3.6. .6..c.0. 304 * Notes on the Geology of the Admiralty Group of the Mera ea MeN MACS a ese east wloka e 2 Na werd ee eee 207 BaRLOow, (ALFRED E ), M.A. :— On the Occurrence of Cancrinite in Canada................. 228 On the Origin and Relations of the Grenville and Hastings Series in the Canadian Laurentian. ..... .......... Parnes (| Beal, (F. E. L.), B.S. :— * Some Common Birds in their Relation to Agriculture. ..291, 502 Browne, (David H.) :— Segregation in Ores and Mattes............ he Alert Papeete acu 176 CALLENDAR, (Pror. H. L.) :— Our Record of Canadian Earthquakes ..... ..........-...-. 323 Campbell, (Robert), D.D., M.A. :— Bie Miora-on wionueal sland. fo 700.058 ke eee ae 146 Coleman, (Prof A. P.) :— , The Anorthosites of the Rainy Lake ee Warn: 3 oe 230 Cox,,{(Philip),“4.B., B.Se., Phot. : Two Shrews of the Genus Sorex, new to New Brunswick..... Ly Crafts, (Prof. J. M.) :— PrUeetvire inom AGCEUVICNG...., Yosh. . oe6 oe oa ey ene beans 85 530 Canadian Record of Science. PAGE Dawson, (Str J. WILLIAM), C.M.G., LL D., F.R.S., F.G;8, 3— Review of the Evidence for the Animal Nature of Eozoon GCawadense “hi. sh peleinle height ood ac doe eee ls 62 Pre-Cambrian Fossils, especially in Canada................. 157 Note on Cryptozoon and other Ancient Fossils.............. 203 Note on Carboniferous Entomostraca from Nova Scotia, in the Peter Redpath Museum, Determined and Described by Prof...T.-Rupert Jones, ¥.R.S., and. Mr. Kirkby: ...9 9a 316 Dawson, (Sir J. William) :—” , Addendum to Note on Nova Scotia Carboniferous Entomos- traca in Number for January, 1897 ............. Pe 396 Donald, (J. T.), M.A. :— Peculiar Behaviour of Charcoal in the Blast Furnace at Radnor Forges; Ques. 0 os es. he ss eke cece abe ee iargae Drummond, (Andrew T.), LL. D. :-- Currents and Temperatures in the Gulf of St Lawrence...... 50 Davis, (Prof. W. M.) :— Moe Golina Tandalip.:-4).c2 0 oon see eee Ske ier 303 Deéks, (W. By), B.A., MoD, — Hippopotamus Remaing. “2. 6o.e.2 5... sce er 229 Derick, (Carrie M.), M.A. :— : A Few Notes on Canadian Plant-Lore............... 2.4. 220 Dresser, (John A.), B.A. :— Geological Report and Map of the District about Montreal... 247 Burns. {R. W.),.LL:D:, F-R:.S.C.c— Problems in. Quebec Geology... 0.) S22, o8ias oe as te 480 Kivans, (Sir John), K.C.B., D.C.L., LL.D , Se. D., ete. :— Modern Attainments in Geology. (Translated from the a Gerinan) ince. 5 65 Oa hs ee ee eee 272 The Meeting of the British Association for the Advancement Of Selene, . 4.045 2 iA tie oe oe dames «Usain hke ee eer 397 Gwi.um, (J. C.), B.A.Se. :— Some Ores and Rocks of Southern Slocan Division, West Kootenay, British Columbia :..° 2... 2.20, st se 293 HARRINGTON, (B. J.), B.A., Ph.D. :— On a New Alkali Hornblende and a Titaniferous Andradite from the Nepheline-Syenite of Dungannon, Hastings County, ONALIO No: 6 ass! dT) in ae tig edeeye: 2 tele eee os Ve Jounson, (W. 8.}, B.A.Se. :— Some Ores and Rocks of Southern Slocan Division, West Kootenay, British Columbia: ois.) 62. ee ce 29% Index. 531 Ketre, (J. Scorr), LL D., etc. :— The Great Unmapped Areas of the Earth’s Surface, awaiting the Explore and Geographer : Ss... 2 ole nli'e.b + te eet 430 LaMBE, (LAWRENCE M.), F.G.S. : Description of a Supposed ee Genus of Polyzoa, from the Trenton Limestone:at Ottawa... 44... 0:0 nds veh he eee Lawson, (George), Ph,D., LL.D., F.R.S.C. :— Remarks on the Distinctive Characters of thes Canadian BMNCOS:, NG coer sja dias ede wd wi acple Yodan aioe eee ae 162 Low, (A. P.), B.Ap.Se. :— Report of Explorations in the Labrador Peninsula along the East Main, Koksoak, Hamilton, Manicuagan and Portions of other ‘Rivers in.1892-93-94-95 0... och... 30. ost a eee 426 Macovn, (JAMES M.) :— Contributions to Canadian Botany’, $10, 4..i2.% 508s rs-0 ee eee 39 267-463. McLeod, (Prof. C. H.) :— Our Record of Canadian Earthquakes........ 0 ........26> 323 NATURAL History Society :— PUOCECOIN GS Aaj. onan hed Wty 2. ae nth Oke Noe garth aa al eee 118 256. * Outline of the President’s Retiring Address................ 310 _ Annual Wield’ Day to: Riviere Ronge, oo... 576-2 acur- ie ee 314 * Report of Chairman of Council of the Natural History Society of Montreal for the year ending 27th May, 1896.... 318 = Ninseuny Report for IO9G-OF- oo." cis ats, Scere ae a ae 319 * Report of the Treasurer from May 28th, 1896, to June 3rd, Ea a tolin boa tag caw os wane cack 9) Sel Os A ee 321 taveport of the-Library Committees...) .4.w.:'00 cs ae eee 324 * Report of the Editing and Exchange Committee.... ...... 325 Nicol, (Prof. W.) :— Aviliy ari te; tm) QMGAwLO ce 6 2028 oto: = cee ah Se Aa te el cee 61 Crystallized Pyrrhotite from Frontenac County......... .... 477 Notes :— Abatement‘oi the Smoke Nuisance: . ....0).i2..2 5.5) Mae 191 * On the Earthquake of May 28th, 1897. ..... 2 ai cianeyeoaratede eae 309 mogices Ob books and Papers? <0.) 3's). SS a eee = 26; 127, 191; 196, 198; 200. 263, 326, 328, 325, 450, 451, 526, 527 PenHALLow, (D. P.), M.A.Sc., F.R.S.C.: Charcoal Impregnated with ne adie Wi os alent Gee ae ee ee ee 34 mematophytom Crassum:.: 0k 02 s\fae Sasha wee a Gee 151 Rostinson, (B. L.) :— ; ; : t's A a ; : 9 F y af u i so HN aM v4 . in| rie , f- 532 — Canadian Record of Science. — Notes upon the Flora of Newfoundland .... ....... a 1 Re ScuRENK, (H. Von.) :— Notes upon the Flora of Newfoundland........ ............ Suess, (Prof. Edward) :— | . On the Stfircture of. Kurope. . 2... ,..0:0u to oe WuHuitEavVEs, (J. F.), F.R.S.C.::— Camedian Stromatoporoids:.....5. i... --- eas Description of a New Genus and Species of Cyattiteene from the Trenton Limestone at Ottawa... . .......2......00- Postscript to a ‘‘ Description of a Nest Genus and Species of i. Cystideans from the Trenton Limestone at Ottawa”. ..... 395 ~ On some Remains of a Sepia-like Cuttle-Fish from tie Cre- taceous Rocks of the South Saskatchewan............ Note on a Fish Tooth from the Upper Arisaig Series of Noid “S117 TC Hotta ENO ER Or eg ae ey AMRE H ON ey deg Williams, (J. B.), F.Z.S. :— On Certain Birds from the Moluccas, now in the Society’s ARS ETAEAE, ME a 2's Fah a tons a cides oa Rss avo hRe oe ee eee ew . 459 a ©, a) ae: © es 6) ves eure ale NOTICES. All communications and exchanges should be carefully addressed to CANADIAN RECORD OF SCIENCE, Natural History Society, 32 University Street, Montreal. Rejected articles will be returned if desired, and if stamps are enclosed for that purpose. The editors will not hold themselves responsible for any views expressed by authors. | Subscribers who fail to receive the RECORD, or who change their residences, are requested to notify the Editors accordingly. Back Numbers of the RECORD may be obtained of the Editors, at forty cents per number. Volumes, unbound, may be had as follows: Vou. 1I.,4 Nos. -~ - - : : $1.50 Vous. ITI. to VI., 8 Nos. each, - - 3.00 per vol. The REcorD is issued quarterly and contains eight numbers, or 512 pages, in each yolume. The subscription price, postage paid is as follows: Canada and the United States, ‘ . $3.00 Great Britain, - - - : - £013 0 ISSUED 16TH MAY, 1898. CALIF ACAD OF SCIENCES LIBRARY iii 853 bite 495